[Federal Register Volume 79, Number 39 (Thursday, February 27, 2014)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 11228-11294]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2014-02704]
[[Page 11227]]
Vol. 79
Thursday,
No. 39
February 27, 2014
Part III
Environmental Protection Agency
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
40 CFR Parts 51, 60, 61, et al.
Revisions to Test Methods and Testing Regulations; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 79 , No. 39 / Thursday, February 27, 2014 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 11228]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Parts 51, 60, 61, and 63
[EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0114; FRL-9906-23-OAR]
RIN 2060-AQ01
Revisions to Test Methods and Testing Regulations
AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Final rule.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This action promulgates technical and editorial corrections
for source testing of emissions and operations. Some current testing
provisions contain inaccuracies and outdated procedures, and new
alternatives that have been approved are being added. These revisions
will improve the quality of data and will give testers additional
flexibility to use the newly approved alternative procedures.
DATES: This final rule is effective on February 27, 2014. The
incorporation by reference materials listed in the rule are approved by
the Director of the Federal Register as of February 27, 2014.
ADDRESSES: The EPA has established a docket for this action under
Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2010-0114. All documents in the docket are
listed in the http://www.regulations.gov index. Although listed in the
index, some information is not publicly available, e.g., confidential
business information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is
restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted
material, is not placed on the Internet and will be publicly available
only in hard copy form. Publicly available docket materials are
available either electronically at www.regulations.gov or in hard copy
at the Air Docket, EPA/DC, William Jefferson Clinton (WJC) Building,
Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC. The Docket
Facility and the Public Reading Room are open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30
p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone
number for the Public Reading Room is (202) 566-1744, and the telephone
number for the Air Docket is (202) 566-1742.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Ms. Lula Melton, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards, Air
Quality Assessment Division, Measurement Technology Group (E143-02),
Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711; telephone number: (919)
541-2910; fax number: (919) 541-0516; email address:
[email protected].
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Table of Contents
I. General Information
A. Does this action apply to me?
B. Where can I obtain a copy of this action?
C. Judicial Review
II. Background
III. Summary of Amendments
A. Appendix M of Part 51
B. Method 201A of Appendix M of Part 51
C. Method 202 of Appendix M of Part 51
D. General Provisions (Subpart A) Part 60
E. Industrial-Commercial-Institutional Steam Generating Units
(Subpart Db) Part 60
F. Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators (Subpart Ec)
Part 60
G. Sulfuric Acid Plants (Subpart H) Part 60
H. Sewage Treatment Plants (Subpart O) Part 60
I. Kraft Pulp Mills (Subpart BB) Part 60
J. Stationary Gas Turbines (Subpart GG) Part 60
K. Lead-Acid Battery Manufacturing Plants (Subpart KK) Part 60
L. Metallic Mineral Processing Plants (Subpart LL) Part 60
M. Asphalt Processing and Asphalt Roofing Manufacture (Subpart
UU) Part 60
N. Volatile Organic Chemical (VOC) Emissions From Synthetic
Organic Compound Manufacturing Industry (SOCMI) Distillation
Operations (Subpart NNN) Part 60
O. Stationary Compression Ignition Internal Combustion Engines
(Subpart IIII) Part 60
P. Stationary Spark Ignition Internal Combustion Engines
(Subpart JJJJ) Part 60
Q. Method 1 of Appendix A-1 of Part 60
R. Method 2 of Appendix A-1 of Part 60
S. Method 2A of Appendix A-1 of Part 60
T. Method 2B of Appendix A-1 of Part 60
U. Method 2D of Appendix A-1 of Part 60
V. Method 3A of Appendix A-2 of Part 60
W. Method 3C of Appendix A-2 of Part 60
X. Method 4 of Appendix A-3 of Part 60
Y. Method 5 of Appendix A-3 of Part 60
Z. Method 5A of Appendix A-3 of Part 60
AA. Method 5E of Appendix A-3 of Part 60
BB. Method 5H of Appendix A-3 of Part 60
CC. Method 6 of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
DD. Method 6C of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
EE. Method 7 of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
FF. Method 7A of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
GG. Method 7E of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
HH. Method 8 of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
II. Method 10 of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
JJ. Methods 10A and 10B of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
KK. Method 11 of Appendix A-5 of Part 60
LL. Method 12 of Appendix A-5 of Part 60
MM. Method 14A of Appendix A-5 of Part 60
NN. Method 16A of Appendix A-6 of Part 60
OO. Method 16C of Appendix A-6 of Part 60
PP. Method 18 of Appendix A-6 of Part 60
QQ. Method 23 of Appendix A-7 of Part 60
RR. Method 24 of Appendix A-7 of Part 60
SS. Method 25 of Appendix A-7 of Part 60
TT. Method 25C of Appendix A-7 of Part 60
UU. Method 25D of Appendix A-7 of Part 60
VV. Method 26 of Appendix A-8 of Part 60
WW. Method 26A of Appendix A-8 of Part 60
XX. Method 29 of Appendix A-8 of Part 60
YY. Method 30B of Appendix A-8 of Part 60
ZZ. Performance Specification 3 of Appendix B of Part 60
AAA. Performance Specification 4 of Appendix B of Part 60
BBB. Performance Specification 4B of Appendix B of Part 60
CCC. Performance Specification 7 of Appendix B of Part 60
DDD. Performance Specification 11 of Appendix B of Part 60
EEE. Performance Specification 12B of Appendix B of Part 60
FFF. Performance Specification 15 of Appendix B of Part 60
GGG. Performance Specification 16 of Appendix B of Part 60
HHH. Procedure 1 of Appendix F of Part 60
III. Procedure 2 of Appendix F of Part 60
JJJ. Procedure 5 of Appendix F of Part 60
KKK. General Provisions (Subpart A) Part 61
LLL. Beryllium (Subpart C) Part 61
MMM. Beryllium Rocket Motor Firing (Subpart D) Part 61
NNN. Mercury (Subpart E) Part 61
OOO. Inorganic Arsenic Emissions From Glass Manufacturing Plants
(Subpart N) Part 61
PPP. Method 101 of Appendix B of Part 61
QQQ. Method 101A of Appendix B of Part 61
RRR. Method 102 of Appendix B of Part 61
SSS. Method 104 of Appendix B of Part 61
TTT. Methods 108 and 108A of Appendix B of Part 61
UUU. General Provisions (Subpart A) Part 63
VVV. Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry (Subpart
G) Part 63
WWW. Chromium Emissions From Hard and Decorative Chromium
Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing Tanks (Subpart N) Part 63
XXX. Ethylene Oxide Emissions Standards for Sterilization
Facilities (Subpart O) Part 63
YYY. Marine Tank Vessel Loading Operations (Subpart Y) Part 63
ZZZ. Aerospace Manufacturing and Rework Facilities (Subpart GG)
Part 63
AAAA. Pharmaceuticals Production (Subpart GGG) Part 63
BBBB. Secondary Aluminum Production (Subpart RRR) Part 63
CCCC. Manufacturing of Nutritional Yeast (Subpart CCCC) Part 63
DDDD. Petroleum Refineries: Catalytic Cracking Units, Catalytic
Reforming Units, and Sulfur Recovery Units (Subpart UUUU) Part 63
[[Page 11229]]
EEEE. Stationary Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engines
(Subpart ZZZZ) Part 63
FFFF. Method 306 of Appendix A of Part 63
GGGG. Method 306A of Appendix A of Part 63
HHHH. Methods 308, 315, and 316 of Appendix A of Part 63
IIII. Method 321 of Appendix A of Part 63
IV. Public Comments on the Proposed Amendments
V. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and
Executive Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review
B. Paperwork Reduction Act
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With
Indian Tribal Governments
G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From
Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks
H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution or Use
I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act
J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address
Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income
Populations
K. Congressional Review Act
I. General Information
A. Does this action apply to me?
The revisions promulgated in this final rule apply to testing at a
number of source categories. If you have any questions regarding the
applicability of this action to a particular entity, consult the person
listed in the preceding FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section.
B. Where can I obtain a copy of this action?
In addition to being available in the docket, an electronic copy of
this rule will also be available on the Worldwide Web (WWW) through the
Technology Transfer Network (TTN). Following the Administrator's
signature, a copy of the final rule will be placed on the TTN's policy
and guidance page for newly proposed or promulgated rules at http://www.epa.gov/ttn/oarpg. The TTN provides information and technology
exchange in various areas of air pollution control.
C. Judicial Review
Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act (CAA), judicial review
of this final rule is available by filing a petition for review in the
U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit by April 28,
2014. Under section 307(d)(7)(B) of the CAA, only an objection to this
final rule that was raised with reasonable specificity during the
period for public comment can be raised during judicial review.
Moreover, under section 307(b)(2) of the CAA, the requirements
established by this action may not be challenged separately in any
civil or criminal proceedings brought by EPA to enforce these
requirements.
II. Background
The revisions to test methods and testing regulations were proposed
in the Federal Register on January 9, 2012, with a public comment
period that ended March 9, 2012. Thirty-eight comment letters were
received from the public. Changes were made to this final rule based on
the public comments.
III. Summary of Amendments
A. Appendix M of Part 51
In the introduction of Appendix M of part 51, Methods 3A and 19 are
added to the list of methods not requiring the use of audit samples.
B. Method 201A of Appendix M of Part 51
Revisions are made to Method 201A as published on December 21,
2010. Typographical errors in references to acetone blanks, isokinetic
sampling rate, source gas temperatures, stack blockage dimensions by
the sampling heads, and particulate matter with an aerodynamic diameter
less than or equal to 10 micrometers (PM10) in Sections
7.2.1, 8.3.4(b), 8.3.4.1, 8.7.2.2, and 8.7.5.5(a), respectively, are
corrected. An erroneous reference to Methods 4A and 5 in Section 10.1
when using a standard pitot tube is corrected to refer to Methods 1 and
2. Section 10.5, which addresses Class A volumetric glassware is
deleted because it is not needed. For those filters that cannot be
weighed to a constant weight in Section 11.2.1, instructions are added
to flag and report the data as a minimum value. It is noted that the
nozzle, front half, and in-stack filter samples need to be speciated
into organic and inorganic fractions similar to the practice in Method
17. The method now notes that neither Method 17 nor 201A require a
separate analysis of the filter for inorganic and organic particulate
matter. Clarity is added for using Method 17 for quantifying
condensable particulate matter. An incorrect term in Equation 9 of
Section 12.5 is corrected. In the nomenclature in Section 12.1,
Vb, the volume of aliquot taken for ion chromatography (IC)
analysis, is deleted.
C. Method 202 of Appendix M of Part 51
Revisions are made to Method 202 as published on December 21, 2010.
In Sections 7.2.1 and 7.2.2, an error in the units of the acetone blank
is corrected. In Section 8.5.3.1, the text erroneously referring to
empty impingers is deleted. Section 11.2.1 is clarified concerning the
use of Method 17 for quantifying condensable particulate matter.
Figures 2 and 3 are revised to correctly show the first impinger with
an extended stem instead of a shortened one to be consistent with the
method text, and the condensed moisture and sample portion of the
sampling train are labeled to make it easy to identify. Figures 4, 5,
and 6 are republished because of the poor print quality in the December
21, 2010, publication.
D. General Provisions (Subpart A) Part 60
In the General Provisions of part 60, Section 60.13(d)(1) is
revised to remove the phrase ``automatically, intrinsic to the opacity
monitor.'' Methods 3A and 19 are added to the list of methods not
requiring the use of audit samples in Section 60.8(g). A new Section
60.8(i) is added to allow the use of Method 205 of 40 CFR part 51,
Appendix M, ``Verification of Gas Dilution Systems for Field Instrument
Calibrations,'' as an alternative provision whenever multiple
calibration gases are required under part 60. The agency notes,
however, that the use of calibration gas dilution devices continues to
be disallowed for part 75 applications (see 40 CFR 75.22(a)(5)(i)).
Section 60.17 is revised to arrange the consensus standards that are
incorporated by reference in alpha-numeric order.
E. Industrial-Commercial-Institutional Steam Generating Units (Subpart
Db) Part 60
In subpart Db, Method 320 is allowed as an alternative for
determining nitrogen oxides (NOX) concentration in Section
60.46b(f)(1)(ii), (h)(1) and (2), and sulfur dioxide (SO2)
concentration in Section 60.47b(b)(2).
F. Hospital/Medical/Infectious Waste Incinerators (Subpart Ec) Part 60
In subpart Ec, the definition of medical/infectious wastes in
Section 60.51c is revised to correct the misspelling of ``cremation.''
G. Sulfuric Acid Plants (Subpart H) Part 60
In subpart H, an equation for calculating the SO2
emission rate in Section 60.84(d) is corrected.
[[Page 11230]]
H. Sewage Treatment Plants (Subpart O) Part 60
In subpart O, a reference to Method 209F in Section 60.154(b)(5) is
revised to reflect a newer available version of the method (i.e.,
2540G).
I. Kraft Pulp Mills (Subpart BB) Part 60
In subpart BB, a typographical error is corrected in the equation
for correcting the total reduced sulfur concentration to 10 percent
oxygen.
J. Stationary Gas Turbines (Subpart GG) Part 60
In subpart GG, the definitions of terms for the equation in Section
60.335(b)(l) are revised to allow the reference combustor inlet
absolute pressure to be measured in millimeters of mercury (mm Hg). The
site barometric pressure is allowed as an alternative to the observed
combustor inlet absolute pressure for calculating the mean
NOX emission concentration.
K. Lead-Acid Battery Manufacturing Plants (Subpart KK) Part 60
In subpart KK, Method 29 is allowed as an alternative to Method 12
in Section 60.374(b)(1) and (c)(2) for determining the lead
concentration and flow rate of the effluent gas. An error in the
equation for calculating the lead emission concentration in
60.374(b)(2) is corrected.
L. Metallic Mineral Processing Plants (Subpart LL) Part 60
In subpart LL, an error in the value of the particulate matter
standard in Section 60.382(a)(1) is corrected from 0.02 g/dscm to 0.05
g/dscm. An alternative procedure, wherein a single visible emission
observer can conduct visible emission observations for up to three
fugitive, stack, or vent emission points within a 15-second interval,
is allowed.
M. Asphalt Processing and Asphalt Roofing Manufacture (Subpart UU) Part
60
In subpart UU, an error in the value of the particulate matter
standard for saturated felt or smooth-surfaced roll roofing is
corrected from 0.04 kg/Mg to 0.4 kg/Mg.
N. Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Emissions from Synthetic Organic
Chemical Manufacturing Industry (SOCMI) Distillation Operations
(Subpart NNN) Part 60
In subpart NNN, references to paragraphs in Section 60.660(c)(4)
and Section 60.665(h)(2) and (3) are corrected.
O. Stationary Compression Ignition Internal Combustion Engines (Subpart
IIII) Part 60
In Subpart IIII, the requirement to use Method 1 or 1A for sampling
point selection in testing gaseous emission from engines with smaller
ducts is dropped, and single- or three-point sampling, depending on
duct size, is added.
P. Stationary Spark Ignition Internal Combustion Engines (Subpart JJJJ)
Part 60
In Subpart JJJJ, the requirement to use Method 1 or 1A for sampling
point selection in testing gaseous emissions from engines with smaller
ducts is dropped, and single- or three-point sampling, depending on
duct size, is added.
Q. Method 1 of Appendix A-1 of Part 60
In Method 1, the distances from the sampling point to flow
disturbances is clarified in Figure 1-1, and Figure 1-2 is corrected to
show the proper demarcation between the requirement for 12 and 16
sampling points.
R. Method 2 of Appendix A-1 of Part 60
In Method 2, a pressure stability specification for the pitot tube
leak-check is added. An erroneous reference to Figure 2-6B is corrected
to reference Figure 2-7B. An error in a term in the denominator of
Equation 2-7 is corrected. The velocity constant in English units used
in Equation 2-7 is corrected by changing the units from m/sec to ft/
sec. The term for absolute temperature in Equations 2-7 and 2-8 is
corrected to represent the average of the absolute temperatures; an
inadvertently omitted term is added to Section 12.1 for the average
absolute temperature; and calibrating a barometer against a NIST-
traceable barometer is allowed as an alternative to calibrating against
a mercury barometer.
S. Method 2A of Appendix A-1 of Part 60
In Method 2A, calibrating a barometer against a NIST-traceable
barometer is allowed as an alternative to calibrating against a mercury
barometer.
T. Method 2B of Appendix A-1 of Part 60
In Method 2B, nomenclature errors are corrected and the assumed
ambient carbon dioxide concentration used in the calculations is
changed from 300 to 380 ppm to closer approximate current ambient
levels.
U. Method 2D of Appendix A-1 of Part 60
In Method 2D, calibrating a barometer against a NIST-traceable
barometer is allowed as an alternative to calibrating against a mercury
barometer.
V. Method 3A of Appendix A-2 of Part 60
In Method 3A, a redundant sentence noting that pre-cleaned air may
be used for the high-level calibration gas is deleted.
W. Method 3C of Appendix A-2 of Part 60
In Method 3C, an equation for correcting the sample nitrogen
concentration for tank dilution is added as a supplemental calculation
option for Method 25C samples.
X. Method 4 of Appendix A-3 of Part 60
In Method 4, the English value for the leak rate exceedance in
Section 9.1 is corrected from 0.20 cfm to 0.020 cfm. Method 6A, Method
320, and a calculation using F-factors are added as alternatives to
Method 4 for the moisture determination.
Y. Method 5 of Appendix A-3 of Part 60
In Method 5, it is clarified that the deionized water used in the
analysis of material caught in the impingers must have <=0.001 percent
residue; the factor K is corrected to read K' in Equation 5-13;
calibrating a barometer against a NIST-traceable barometer is allowed
as an alternative to calibrating against a mercury barometer;
calibrating a temperature sensor against a thermometer equivalent to a
mercury-in-glass thermometer is allowed as an alternative to
calibrating against a mercury-in-glass thermometer; rechecking
temperature sensors for the filter holder and metering system after
each test is allowed in place of having sensors calibrated within 3
[deg]F; the option to check the probe heater calibration after a test
at a single point using a reference thermometer is added; the use of
weather station barometric pressure corrected to testing point
elevation is added as an option to having an on-site barometer; a
single acetone blank per container is allowed in place of a blank from
each wash bottle; Section 10.3.3 is clarified as a post-test metering
system calibration check rather than a metering system calibration, and
an alternative metering check procedure is added; the use of filter
holder supports or frits made of Teflon is allowed without having to
first obtain the Administrator's approval; and Reference 13 for post-
test calibration is added to the method.
[[Page 11231]]
Z. Method 5A of Appendix A-3 of Part 60
In Method 5A, mercury-free thermometers are allowed as an
alternative to mercury-in-glass thermometers.
AA. Method 5E of Appendix A-3 of Part 60
In Method 5E, the requirement to use the Rosemount Model 2100A
total organic content analyzer is replaced with the Tekmar-Dohrmann or
equivalent analyzer. In Section 12.5, the equation for total
particulate concentration is correctly labeled as Eq. 5E-5.
BB. Method 5H of Appendix A-3 of Part 60
In Method 5H, Section 12.1 is revised to add missing terms
Ci, Co, Qi, and Qo; and
procedures for the determination of an alternative tracer gas flow rate
are added.
CC. Method 6 of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
In Method 6, calibrating a temperature sensor against a thermometer
equivalent to a mercury-in-glass thermometer is allowed as an
alternative to using a mercury-in-glass thermometer, and calibrating a
barometer against a NIST-traceable barometer is allowed as an
alternative to calibrating against a mercury barometer.
DD. Method 6C of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
In Section 4.0 of Method 6C, an incorrect reference to Section 4.1
of Method 6 is corrected to reference Section 4.0 of Method 7E.
Provisions that were removed from the original method that addressed
potential quenching effects in fluorescence analyzers are added to the
method.
EE. Method 7 of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
In Method 7, procedures are added to avoid biasing the results when
sampling under conditions of high SO2 concentrations;
calibrating a barometer against a NIST-traceable barometer is added as
an alternative to calibrating against a mercury barometer; and
calibrating a temperature sensor against a thermometer equivalent to a
mercury-in-glass thermometer is an acceptable alternative to using a
mercury-in-glass thermometer.
FF. Method 7A of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
In Method 7A, new procedures are added to avoid biasing the results
when sampling under conditions of high SO2 concentrations,
and calibrating a temperature sensor against a thermometer equivalent
to a mercury-in-glass thermometer is added as an acceptable alternative
to using a mercury-in-glass thermometer.
GG. Method 7E of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
In Method 7E, the instructions for choosing the high-level
calibration gas are clarified. Instructions are added to minimize
contact of the sample with any condensate to reduce the chance of
sample loss, and an error in the traverse point locations used to
determine stratification across large stacks is corrected. The basis of
a stable response for measurements in the system response time
determination is revised in Section 8.2.5 to conform with Section
8.2.6. Alternative sampling bags made of materials other than Tedlar
are allowed if the materials are applicable for retaining the compounds
of interest.
HH. Method 8 of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
In Method 8, an error in the definition of Vsoln is
corrected. Figure 8-1 is clarified to identify which impingers collect
sulfuric acid/sulfur trioxide and which collect SO2.
II. Method 10 of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
Method 10 is revised to allow the use of sample tanks as an
alternative to flexible bags for sample collection.
JJ. Methods 10A and 10B of Appendix A-4 of Part 60
In Methods 10A and 10B, sampling bags made of materials other than
Tedlar are allowed if the materials have the sample retaining qualities
of Tedlar.
KK. Method 11 of Appendix A-5 of Part 60
Method 11 is revised to address sample breakthrough at high
concentrations by using an additional collection impinger. Calibrating
a temperature sensor against a thermometer equivalent to a mercury-in-
glass thermometer is an acceptable alternative to using a mercury-in-
glass thermometer.
LL. Method 12 of Appendix A-5 of Part 60
Method 12 is revised to allow for analysis by inductively coupled
plasma-atomic emission spectrometry (ICP-AES) and cold vapor atomic
fluorescence spectrometry (CVAFS) as alternatives to atomic absorption
(AA) analysis.
MM. Method 14A of Appendix A-5 of Part 60
In Section 10.1.1 of Method 14A, an incorrect reference to Figure
5-6 is corrected to reference Figure 5-5.
NN. Method 16A of Appendix A-6 of Part 60
In Method 16A, the applicability section notes that method results
may be biased low if used at sources other than kraft pulp mills where
stack oxygen levels may be lower.
OO. Method 16C of Appendix A-6 of Part 60
In Method 16C, errors in the nomenclature and the equation for
calculating the total reduced sulfur concentration are corrected.
PP. Method 18 of Appendix A-6 of Part 60
In Method 18, sampling bags made of materials other than Tedlar are
allowed if the materials are applicable for retaining the compounds of
interest.
QQ. Method 23 of Appendix A-7 of Part 60
In Method 23, the requirement in Section 2.2.7 that silica gel be
stored in metal containers has been deleted. Section 4.2.7 is clarified
to note that the used silica gel should be transferred to its original
container or other suitable vessel if moisture is being determined or
discarded if not needed. Mercury-free thermometers are allowed as
alternatives to mercury-in-glass thermometers. Section 8.0, which was
inadvertently removed in a previous rulemaking, has been added.
RR. Method 24 of Appendix A-7 of Part 60
In Method 24, ASTM Method D2369 is cited without referencing
specific sections to preclude confusion if the method sections are
revised in the future.
SS. Method 25 of Appendix A-7 of Part 60
In Method 25, more detailed information is given to describe the
filters used for sample collection.
TT. Method 25C of Appendix A-7 of Part 60
Method 25C is revised to allow sampling lines made of Teflon.
Probes that have closed points and are driven below the surface in a
single step and withdrawn a distance to create a gas gap are allowed as
acceptable substitutes to pilot probes and the auger procedure.
[[Page 11232]]
UU. Method 25D of Appendix A-7 of Part 60
In Method 25D, errors in cross-references within the method are
corrected.
VV. Method 26 of Appendix A-8 of Part 60
Method 26 is revised to allow the use of heated Teflon probes in
place of glass-lined probes. Conflicting temperature requirements for
the sampling system are clarified, and the note to keep the probe and
filter temperature at least 20 [deg]C above the source temperature is
removed. The location of the thermocouple that monitors the collected
gas temperature is clarified as being as close to the filter holder as
practicable instead of in the gas stream. Method 26A is allowed as an
acceptable alternative when Method 26 is required.
WW. Method 26A of Appendix A-8 of Part 60
Method 26A is revised to clearly state that the temperature of the
probe and filter must be maintained between 120 and 134 [deg]C.
XX. Method 29 of Appendix A-8 of Part 60
Method 29 is revised to allow sample analysis by CVAFS as an
alternative to AA analysis.
YY. Method 30B of Appendix A-8 of Part 60
In Method 30B, calibrating a barometer against a NIST-traceable
barometer is allowed as an alternative to calibrating against a mercury
barometer. Table 9-1 and the method text are revised to amend the
quality assurance/quality control criteria for sorbent trap section 2
breakthrough and sample analysis to address compliance testing and
relative accuracy testing of mercury monitoring systems currently being
conducted at much lower emission concentrations. The method is revised
to include the most up-to-date citation for determining the method
detection limit.
ZZ. Performance Specification 3 of Appendix B of Part 60
In Performance Specification 3, a statement that was inadvertently
removed that allows the relative accuracy to be within 20 percent of
the reference method mean value is added to establish the original
intent of the rule.
AAA. Performance Specification 4 of Appendix B of Part 60
Performance Specification 4 is revised to remove the interference
trap specified in Method 10 when evaluating non-dispersive infrared
continuous emission monitoring systems against Method 10.
BBB. Performance Specification 4B of Appendix B of Part 60
Performance Specification 4B is clarified to note that Equation 1
in Section 7.1.1 for calculating calibration error only applies to the
carbon monoxide monitor and not the oxygen monitor. It is noted for the
oxygen monitor that the calibration error should be expressed as the
oxygen concentration difference between the mean monitor and reference
value at three levels.
CCC. Performance Specification 7 of Appendix B of Part 60
Performance Specification 7 is revised to allow Methods 15 and 16
as reference methods in addition to Method 11.
DDD. Performance Specification 11 of Appendix B of Part 60
In Performance Specification 11, errors in the denominators of
Equations 11-1 and 11-2 are corrected.
EEE. Performance Specification 12B of Appendix B of Part 60
In Performance Specification 12B, allowance is made for using a
single good trap when one is lost, broken or damaged. More flexibility
is also allowed in meeting the stack flow-to-sample flow ratio.
FFF. Performance Specification 15 of Appendix B of Part 60
In Performance Specification 15, the general references to 40 CFR
part 60, Appendix B, for the relative accuracy analysis procedure are
revised to specifically cite Performance Specification 2 of 40 CFR part
60, Appendix B.
GGG. Performance Specification 16 of Appendix B of Part 60
Performance Specification 16 is revised to clarify the retesting of
a predictive emission monitoring system (PEMS) after a sensor is
replaced. Relative accuracy testing at three load or production rate
levels is allowed in cases where the key operating parameter is not
readily alterable. Additional instruction is added for performing the
relative accuracy audit (RAA). An error in the RAA acceptance criterion
is corrected, and an alternative acceptance criterion for low
concentration measurements is added. The yearly relative accuracy test
audit clearly notes that the statistical tests in Section 8.3 are not
required for this test. An incorrect reference to Equation 16-4 in
Section 12.4 is corrected.
HHH. Procedure 1 of Appendix F of Part 60
In Procedure 1, the relevant performance specification would be
cited for the RAA calculation instead of using the current Equation 1-
1, which is not appropriate for all pollutants.
III. Procedure 2 of Appendix F of Part 60
In Procedure 2, Equations 2-2 and 2-3 are revised to have the full-
scale value in the denominator, which is more appropriate than the up-
scale check value. The denominator of equation 2-4 is revised to
include the volume of the reference device rather than the full-scale
value.
JJJ. Procedure 5 of Appendix F of Part 60
In Procedure 5, the second section listed as Section 6.2.6 is
correctly numbered as Section 6.2.7.
KKK. General Provisions (Subpart A) Part 61
In the General Provisions of part 61, Methods 3A and 19 are added
to the list of methods not requiring the use of audit samples in
Section 61.13(e).
LLL. Beryllium (Subpart C) Part 61
In the Beryllium National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air
Pollutants (NESHAP), Method 29 of part 60 is added as an acceptable
alternative to Method 104 in Section 61.33(a) for emissions testing.
MMM. Beryllium Rocket Motor Firing (Subpart D) Part 61
In the beryllium rocket motor firing NESHAP, a conversion error in
the emission standard in Section 61.42(a) is corrected.
NNN. Mercury (Subpart E) Part 61
In the mercury NESHAP, Method 29 of part 60 is added as an
acceptable alternative to Method 101A in Section 61.53(d)(2) for
emissions testing.
OOO. Inorganic Arsenic Emissions From Glass Manufacturing Plants
(Subpart N) Part 61
In the glass manufacturing plants NESHAP, Method 29 in Appendix A
of part 60 is added as an acceptable alternative to Method 108 in
Section 61.164(d)(2)(i) for determining the arsenic emissions rate and
in Section 61.164(e)(1)(i) and (e)(2) for determining
[[Page 11233]]
the arsenic concentration in a gas stream.
PPP. Method 101 of Appendix B of Part 61
Method 101 is revised to allow analysis by ICP-AES or CVAFS as
alternatives to AA analysis.
QQQ. Method 101A of Appendix B of Part 61
Method 101A is revised to allow analysis by ICP-AES or CVAFS as
alternatives to AA analysis.
RRR. Method 102 of Appendix B of Part 61
In Method 102, mercury-free thermometers are allowed in place of
mercury-in-glass thermometers.
SSS. Method 104 of Appendix B of Part 61
Method 104 is revised to allow analysis by ICP-AES and CVAFS as
alternatives to AA analysis. A new alternative procedures section is
added to address ICP-AES.
TTT. Methods 108 and 108A of Appendix B of Part 61
Methods 108 and 108A are revised to allow analysis by ICP-AES as an
alternative to AA analysis. A new alternative procedures section is
added to address ICP-AES.
UUU. General Provisions (Subpart A) Part 63
In the General Provisions of part 63, Methods 3A and 19 are added
to the list of methods not requiring the use of audit samples in
Section 63.7(c). In Section 63.8(f)(6)(iii), an incorrect reference to
a section of Performance Specification 2 is corrected. Section 63.14 is
revised to arrange the materials that are incorporated by reference in
alpha-numeric order.
VVV. Synthetic Organic Chemical Manufacturing Industry (Subpart G) Part
63
Subpart G is revised to allow the use of Method 316 or Method 8260B
in the SW-846 Compendium of Methods to determine hazardous air
pollutant concentrations in wastewater streams in Section
63.144(b)(5)(i).
WWW. Chromium Emissions From Hard and Decorative Chromium
Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing Tanks (Subpart N) Part 63
South Coast Air Quality Management District Method 205.1 is added
as a testing option for measuring total chromium.
XXX. Ethylene Oxide Emissions Standards for Sterilization Facilities
(Subpart O) Part 63
The ethylene oxide emissions standard for sterilization facilities
is revised to allow California Air Resources Board (CARB) Method 431 as
an alternative to the procedures in Section 63.365(b) for determining
the efficiency at the sterilization chamber vent. An error in a
reference to a section in Performance Specification 8 is also
corrected.
YYY. Marine Tank Vessel Loading Operations (Subpart Y) Part 63
The marine tank vessel loading operations emissions standard is
revised to allow Method 25B as an alternative to Method 25A in Section
63.565(d)(5) for determining the average VOC concentration upstream and
downstream of recovery devices. Method 25B is allowed as an alternative
to Methods 25 and 25A for determining the percent reduction in VOC in
Section 63.565(d)(8), and the requirement that Method 25B be validated
according to Method 301 in Section 63.565(d)(10) is added. Method 25B
is also added as an alternative to Method 25A in determining the
baseline outlet VOC concentration in Section 63.565(g).
ZZZ. Aerospace Manufacturing and Rework Facilities (Subpart GG) Part 63
The aerospace manufacturing and rework facilities emissions
standard is revised to remove an incorrect reference to the location of
Method 319 in Section 63.750(o).
AAAA. Pharmaceuticals Production (Subpart GGG) Part 63
The pharmaceuticals production emissions standard is revised to
allow Method 320 as an alternative to Method 18 for demonstrating that
a vent is not a process vent.
BBBB. Secondary Aluminum Production (Subpart RRR) Part 63
The secondary aluminum production emissions standard is revised to
allow Method 26 as an alternative to Method 26A in Section
63.1511(c)(9) for determining hydrochloric acid (HCl) concentration.
CCCC. Manufacturing of Nutritional Yeast (Subpart CCCC) Part 63
Table 2 in the manufacturing of nutritional yeast emissions
standard is revised to delete the requirement to use Methods 1, 2, 3,
and 4 when measuring VOC by Method 25A.
DDDD. Petroleum Refineries: Catalytic Cracking Units, Catalytic
Reforming Units, and Sulfur Recovery Units (Subpart UUUU) Part 63
Table 4 in the petroleum refineries emissions standard is revised
to allow Method 320 as an alternative to Method 18 for determining
control device efficiency for organic compounds.
EEEE. Stationary Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engines (Subpart
ZZZZ) Part 63
Table 4 in the stationary reciprocating internal combustion engines
emissions standard is revised to clarify that a heated probe is not
necessary when using ASTM D6522 to measure oxygen or carbon dioxide
concentrations. The requirement to use Method 1 or 1A for sampling site
and sampling point selection in testing gaseous emissions from engines
with smaller ducts is deleted, and single- or three-point sampling,
depending on duct size, is added.
FFFF. Method 306 of Appendix A of Part 63
Method 306 is revised to remove references to two figures that do
not exist and to clarify the conditions under which ICP is appropriate
for sample analysis. Alternative mercury-free thermometers are allowed
as alternatives to mercury-in-glass thermometers.
GGGG. Method 306A of Appendix A of Part 63
In Method 306A, information is added to clarify the conditions
under which sample filtering is required.
HHHH. Methods 308, 315, and 316 of Appendix A of Part 63
In Methods 308, 315, and 316, calibrating a temperature sensor
against a thermometer equivalent to a mercury-in-glass thermometer is
added as an alternative to mercury-in-glass thermometers. Alternative
mercury-free thermometers are allowed as alternatives to mercury-in-
glass thermometers.
IIII. Method 321 of Appendix A of Part 63
In Method 321, the term for dilution factor in the calculations is
clarified.
IV. Public Comments on the Proposed Amendments
Thirty-eight comment letters were received on the proposed rule.
The public comments and the agency's responses are summarized in the
Summary of Comments and Responses Document that has been added to the
[[Page 11234]]
docket that is accessible at the address given in the ADDRESSES section
of this preamble.
V. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive
Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review
This action is not a ``significant regulatory action'' under the
terms of Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and is,
therefore, not subject to review under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563
(76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011). It does not involve the expenditure of
$100 million in a year and does not raise significant issues. This
final rule amends current testing regulations by removing errors and
obsolete provisions and adding approved alternative procedures.
B. Paperwork Reduction Act
This action does not impose an information collection burden under
the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.
Burden is defined at 5 CFR 1320.3(b). This final rule does not add
information collection requirements beyond those currently required
under the applicable regulations. This final rule amends current
testing regulations by removing errors and obsolete provisions and
adding approved alternative procedures.
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) generally requires an agency
to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis of any rule subject to
notice and comment rulemaking requirements under the Administrative
Procedure Act or any other statute unless the agency certifies that the
rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities. Small entities include small businesses,
small organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions.
For purposes of assessing the impacts of this rule on small
entities, small entity is defined as: (1) A small business as defined
by the Small Business Administration's (SBA) regulations at 13 CFR
121.201; (2) a small governmental jurisdiction that is a government of
a city, county, town, school district or special district with a
population of less than 50,000; and (3) a small organization that is
any not-for-profit enterprise which is independently owned and operated
and is not dominant in its field.
After considering the economic impacts of this final rule on small
entities, I certify that this action will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. This final
rule will not impose any requirements on small entities since it only
corrects and updates current requirements and adds new testing options.
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
This action contains no federal mandates under the provisions of
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), 2 U.S.C.
1531-1538, for state, local, or tribal governments or the private
sector. This action imposes no enforceable duty on any state, local or
tribal governments or the private sector. Therefore, this action is not
subject to the requirements of sections 202 or 205 of the UMRA. This
action is also not subject to the requirements of section 203 of UMRA
because it contains no regulatory requirements that might significantly
or uniquely affect small governments. The alternative procedure being
added will give small entities more flexibility in choosing testing
procedures in applicable situations.
E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have
substantial direct effects on the states, on the relationship between
the national government and the states, or on the distribution of power
and responsibilities among the various levels of government, as
specified in Executive Order 13132. This final rule corrects and
updates current testing requirements. Thus, Executive Order 13132 does
not apply to this action.
F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With Indian
Tribal Governments
This action does not have tribal implications, as specified in
Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000). This final rule
corrects and updates testing provisions that are already currently
mandated. It does not add any new requirements and does not affect
pollutant emissions or air quality. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does
not apply to this action.
G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From Environmental
Health Risks and Safety Risks
The EPA interprets EO 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997) as
applying only to those regulatory actions that concern health or safety
risks, such that the analysis required under section 5-501 of the EO
has the potential to influence the regulation. This action is not
subject to EO 13045 because it does not establish an environmental
standard intended to mitigate health or safety risks.
H. Executive Order 13211: Actions Concerning Regulations That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use
This rule is not subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355 (May
22, 2001)), because it is not a significant regulatory action under
Executive Order 12866.
I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act
Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement
Act of 1995 (``NTTAA''), Public Law 104-113, 12(d) (15 U.S.C. 272 note)
directs the EPA to use voluntary consensus standards in its regulatory
activities unless to do so would be inconsistent with applicable law or
otherwise impractical. Voluntary consensus standards are technical
standards (e.g., materials specifications, test methods, sampling
procedures, and business practices) that are developed or adopted by
voluntary consensus standards bodies. The NTTAA directs the EPA to
provide Congress, through OMB, explanations when the agency decides not
to use available and applicable voluntary consensus standards. This
action does not involve technical standards. Therefore, the EPA did not
consider the use of any voluntary consensus standards.
J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address Environmental
Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations
Executive Order (EO) 12898 (59 FR 7629 (Feb. 16, 1994)) establishes
federal executive policy on environmental justice. Its main provision
directs federal agencies, to the greatest extent practicable and
permitted by law, to make environmental justice part of their mission
by identifying and addressing, as appropriate, disproportionately high
and adverse human health or environmental effects of their programs,
policies, and activities on minority populations and low-income
populations in the United States.
The EPA has determined that this final rule will not have
disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental
effects on minority or low-income populations because it does not
affect the level of protection provided to human health or the
environment. This final rule does not relax the control measures on
sources regulated by the rule and,
[[Page 11235]]
therefore, will not cause emissions increases from these sources.
K. Congressional Review Act
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801 et seq., as added by the
Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, generally
provides that before a rule may take effect, the agency promulgating
the rule must submit a rule report, which includes a copy of the rule,
to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the
United States. The EPA will submit a report containing this rule and
other required information to the U.S. Senate, the U.S. House of
Representatives, and the Comptroller General of the United States prior
to publication of the rule in the Federal Register. A major rule cannot
take effect until 60 days after it is published in the Federal
Register. This action is not a ``major rule'' as defined by 5 U.S.C.
804(2). This rule will be effective on February 27, 2014.
List of Subjects
40 CFR Parts 51 and 61
Air pollution control, Environmental protection, Performance
specifications, and Test methods and procedures.
40 CFR Parts 60 and 63
Air pollution control, Environmental protection, Incorporation by
reference, Performance specifications, and Test methods and procedures.
Dated: January 28, 2014.
Gina McCarthy,
Administrator.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, Title 40, Chapter I of the
Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
PART 51--REQUIREMENTS FOR PREPARATION, ADOPTION, AND SUBMITTAL OF
IMPLEMENTATION PLANS
0
1. The authority citation for part 51 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401, et. seq.
0
2. Amend appendix M to part 51 as follows:
0
a. By revising section 4.0.a.
0
b. By amending Method 201A as follows:
0
i. By revising section 7.2.1.
0
ii. By revising paragraph 8.3.4(b).
0
iii. By revising section 8.3.4.1.
0
iv. By revising section 8.7.2.2.
0
v. By revising paragraph 8.7.5.5(a).
0
vi. By revising the introductory text of section 10.1.
0
vii. By removing section 10.5.
0
viii. By revising section 11.2.1.
0
ix. By removing the term ``Vb'' and its definition from section 12.1.
0
x. By revising Equations 8 and 9 in section 12.5.
0
c. By amending Method 202 as follows:
0
i. By revising sections 7.2.1 and 7.2.2.
0
ii. By revising section 8.5.1.
0
iii. By revising section 8.5.3.1.
0
iv. By revising sections 11.2.1 and 11.2.2.
0
vi. By revising Figures 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 in section 18.0.
Appendix M to Part 51--Recommended Test Methods for State
Implementation Plans
* * * * *
4.0. * * *
a. The source owner, operator, or representative of the tested
facility shall obtain an audit sample, if commercially available,
from an AASP for each test method used for regulatory compliance
purposes. No audit samples are required for the following test
methods: Methods 3A and 3C of appendix A-3 of part 60, Methods 6C,
7E, 9, and 10 of appendix A-4 of part 60, Methods 18 and 19 of
appendix A-6 of part 60, Methods 20, 22, and 25A of appendix A-7 of
part 60, and Methods 303, 318, 320, and 321 of appendix A of part 63
of this chapter. If multiple sources at a single facility are tested
during a compliance test event, only one audit sample is required
for each method used during a compliance test. The compliance
authority responsible for the compliance test may waive the
requirement to include an audit sample if they believe that an audit
sample is not necessary. ``Commercially available'' means that two
or more independent AASPs have blind audit samples available for
purchase. If the source owner, operator, or representative cannot
find an audit sample for a specific method, the owner, operator, or
representative shall consult the EPA Web site at the following URL,
http://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc, to confirm whether there is a source
that can supply an audit sample for that method. If the EPA Web site
does not list an available audit sample at least 60 days prior to
the beginning of the compliance test, the source owner, operator, or
representative shall not be required to include an audit sample as
part of the quality assurance program for the compliance test. When
ordering an audit sample, the source owner, operator, or
representative shall give the sample provider an estimate for the
concentration of each pollutant that is emitted by the source or the
estimated concentration of each pollutant based on the permitted
level and the name, address, and phone number of the compliance
authority. The source owner, operator, or representative shall
report the results for the audit sample along with a summary of the
emission test results for the audited pollutant to the compliance
authority and shall report the results of the audit sample to the
AASP. The source owner, operator, or representative shall make both
reports at the same time and in the same manner or shall report to
the compliance authority first and report to the AASP. If the method
being audited is a method that allows the samples to be analyzed in
the field, and the tester plans to analyze the samples in the field,
the tester may analyze the audit samples prior to collecting the
emission samples provided a representative of the compliance
authority is present at the testing site. The tester may request and
the compliance authority may grant a waiver to the requirement that
a representative of the compliance authority must be present at the
testing site during the field analysis of an audit sample. The
source owner, operator, or representative may report the results of
the audit sample to the compliance authority and then report the
results of the audit sample to the AASP prior to collecting any
emission samples. The test protocol and final test report shall
document whether an audit sample was ordered and utilized and the
pass/fail results as applicable.
* * * * *
Method 201A--Determination of PM10 and PM2.5
Emissions From Stationary Sources (Constant Sampling Rate Procedure)
* * * * *
7.2.1 Acetone. Use acetone that is stored in a glass bottle. Do
not use acetone from a metal container because it will likely
produce a high residue in the laboratory and field reagent blanks.
You must use acetone with blank values less than 1 part per million
by weight residue. Analyze acetone blanks prior to field use to
confirm low blank values. In no case shall a blank value of greater
than 0.0001 percent (1 part per million by weight) of the weight of
acetone used in sample recovery be subtracted from the sample weight
(i.e., the maximum blank correction is 0.1 mg per 100 g of acetone
used to recover samples).
* * * * *
8.3.4 * * *
(b) The appropriate nozzle to maintain the required gas sampling
rate for the velocity pressure range and isokinetic range. If the
isokinetic range cannot be met (e.g., batch processes, extreme
process flow or temperature variation), void the sample or use
methods subject to the approval of the Administrator to correct the
data. The acceptable variation from isokinetic sampling is 80 to 120
percent and no more than 100 21 percent (2 out of 12 or
5 out of 24) sampling points outside of this criteria.
* * * * *
8.3.4.1 Preliminary traverse. You must use an S-type pitot tube
with a conventional thermocouple to conduct the traverse. Conduct
the preliminary traverse as close as possible to the anticipated
testing time on sources that are subject to hour-by-hour gas flow
rate variations of approximately 20 percent and/or gas
temperature variations of approximately 28 [deg]C
( 50 [deg]F). (Note: You should be aware that these
variations can cause errors in the cyclone cut diameters and the
isokinetic sampling velocities.)
* * * * *
8.7.2.2 Probe blockage factor. You must use Equation 26 to
calculate an average probe blockage correction factor
(bf) if the diameter
[[Page 11236]]
of your stack or duct is between 25.7 and 36.4 inches for the
combined PM2.5/PM10 sampling head and pitot
and between 18.8 and 26.5 inches for the PM2.5 cyclone
and pitot. A probe blockage factor is calculated because of the flow
blockage caused by the relatively large cross-sectional area of the
cyclone sampling head, as discussed in Section 8.3.2.2 and
illustrated in Figures 8 and 9 of Section 17. You must determine the
cross-sectional area of the cyclone head you use and determine its
stack blockage factor. (Note: Commercially-available sampling heads
(including the PM10 cyclone, PM2.5 cyclone,
pitot and filter holder) have a projected area of approximately 31.2
square inches when oriented into the gas stream.) As the probe is
moved from the outermost to the innermost point, the amount of
blockage that actually occurs ranges from approximately 13 square
inches to the full 31.2 square inches plus the blockage caused by
the probe extension. The average cross-sectional area blocked is 22
square inches.
* * * * *
8.7.5.5 * * *
(a) Container 1, Less than or equal to PM2.5
micrometer filterable particulate. Use tweezers and/or clean
disposable surgical gloves to remove the filter from the filter
holder. Place the filter in the Petri dish that you labeled with the
test identification and Container 1. Using a dry brush and/
or a sharp-edged blade, carefully transfer any PM and/or filter
fibers that adhere to the filter holder gasket or filter support
screen to the Petri dish. Seal the container. This container holds
particles less than or equal to 2.5 micrometers that are caught on
the in-stack filter. (Note: If the test is conducted for
PM10 only, then Container 1 would be for less
than or equal to PM10 micrometer filterable particulate.)
* * * * *
10.1 Gas Flow Velocities. You must use an S-type pitot tube that
meets the required EPA specifications (EPA Publication 600/4-77-
0217b) during these velocity measurements. (Note: If, as specified
in Section 8.7.2.3, testing is performed in stacks less than 26.5
inches in diameter, testers may use a standard pitot tube according
to the requirements in Method 1 or 2 of appendix A-3 to part 60 of
this chapter.) You must also complete the following:
* * * * *
11.2.1 Container 1, Less than or Equal to
PM2.5 Micrometer Filterable Particulate. Transfer the
filter and any loose particulate from the sample container to a
tared weighing dish or pan that is inert to solvent or mineral
acids. Desiccate for 24 hours in a dessicator containing anhydrous
calcium sulfate. Weigh to a constant weight and report the results
to the nearest 0.1 mg. (See Section 3.0 for a definition of Constant
weight.) If constant weight requirements cannot be met, the filter
must be treated as described in Section 11.2.1 of Method 202 of
appendix M to this part. Note: The nozzle and front half wash and
filter collected at or below 30 [deg]C (85 [deg]F) may not be heated
and must be maintained at or below 30 [deg]C (85 [deg]F).
* * * * *
12.5 * * *
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.001
* * * * *
Method 202--Dry Impinger Method for Determining Condensable Particulate
Emissions From Stationary Sources
* * * * *
7.2.1 Acetone. Use acetone that is stored in a glass bottle. Do
not use acetone from a metal container because it normally produces
a high residual mass in the laboratory and field reagent blanks. You
must use acetone that has a blank value less than 1.0 ppmw (0.1 mg/
100 g) residue.
7.2.2 Hexane, American Chemical Society grade. You must use
hexane that has a blank residual mass value less than 1.0 ppmw (0.1
mg/100 g) residue.
* * * * *
8.5.1 Impinger and CPM Filter Assembly.
8.5.1.1 Monitor the moisture condensation in the knockout and
backup impingers. If the accumulated water from moisture
condensation overwhelms the knockout impinger, i.e., the water level
is more than approximately one-half the capacity of the knockout
impinger, or if water accumulates in the backup impinger sufficient
to cover the impinger insert tip, then you may interrupt the
sampling run, recover and weigh the moisture accumulated in the
knockout and backup impinger, reassemble and leak check the sampling
train, and resume the sampling run. You must purge the water
collected during the test interruption as soon as practical
following the procedures in Section 8.5.3.
8.5.1.2 You must include the weight or volume of the moisture in
your moisture calculation and you must combine the recovered water
with the appropriate sample fraction for subsequent CPM analysis.
8.5.1.3 Use the field data sheet for the filterable particulate
method to record the CPM filter temperature readings at the
beginning of each sample time increment and when sampling is halted.
Maintain the CPM filter greater than 20 [deg]C (greater than 65
[deg]F) but less than or equal to 30 [deg]C (less than or equal to
85 [deg]F) during sample collection. (Note: Maintain the temperature
of the CPM filter assembly as close to 30 [deg]C (85 [deg]F) as
feasible.)
* * * * *
8.5.3.1 If you choose to conduct a pressurized nitrogen purge at
the completion of CPM sample collection, you may purge the entire
CPM sample collection train from the condenser inlet to the CPM
filter holder outlet or you may quantitatively transfer the water
collected in the condenser and the water dropout impinger to the
backup impinger and purge only the backup impinger and the CPM
filter. You must measure the water in the knockout and backup
impingers and record the volume or weight as part of the moisture
collected during sampling as specified in Section 8.5.3.4.
8.5.3.1.1 If you choose to conduct a purge of the entire CPM
sampling train, you must replace the short stem impinger insert in
the knock out impinger with a standard modified Greenburg Smith
impinger insert.
8.5.3.1.2 If you choose to combine the knockout and backup
impinger catch prior to purge, you must purge the backup impinger
and CPM filter holder.
8.5.3.1.3 If the tip of the impinger insert does not extend
below the water level (including the water transferred from the
first impinger if this option was chosen), you must add a measured
amount of degassed, deionized ultra-filtered water that contains 1
ppmw (1 mg/L) residual mass or less until the impinger tip is at
least 1 centimeter below the surface of the water. You must record
the amount of water added to the water dropout impinger (Vp)(see
Figure 4 of Section 18) to correct the moisture content of the
effluent gas. (Note: Prior to use, water
[[Page 11237]]
must be degassed using a nitrogen purge bubbled through the water
for at least 15 minutes to remove dissolved oxygen).
8.5.3.1.4 To perform the nitrogen purge using positive pressure
nitrogen flow, you must start with no flow of gas through the clean
purge line and fittings. Connect the filter outlet to the input of
the impinger train and disconnect the vacuum line from the exit of
the silica moisture collection impinger (see Figure 3 of Section
18). You may purge only the CPM train by disconnecting the moisture
train components if you measure moisture in the field prior to the
nitrogen purge. You must increase the nitrogen flow gradually to
avoid over-pressurizing the impinger array. You must purge the CPM
train at a minimum of 14 liters per minute for at least one hour. At
the conclusion of the purge, turn off the nitrogen delivery system.
* * * * *
11.2.1 Container 3, CPM Filter Sample. If the sample
was collected by Method 17 or Method 201A with a stack temperature
below 30 [deg]C (85 [deg]F), transfer the filter and any loose PM
from the sample container to a tared glass weighing dish. (See
Section 3.0 for a definition of constant weight.) Desiccate the
sample for 24 hours in a desiccator containing anhydrous calcium
sulfate. Weigh to a constant weight and report the results to the
nearest 0.1 mg. [Note: In-stack filter samples collected at 30
[deg]C (85 [deg]F) may include both filterable insoluble particulate
and condensable particulate. The nozzle and front half wash and
filter collected at or below 30 [deg]C (85 [deg]F) may not be heated
and must be maintained at or below 30 [deg]C (85 [deg]F).]
11.2.2 CPM Container 1, Aqueous Liquid Impinger
Contents. Analyze the water soluble CPM in Container 1 as
described in this section. Place the contents of Container
1 into a separatory funnel. Add approximately 30 ml of
hexane to the funnel, mix well, and pour off the upper organic
phase. Repeat this procedure twice with 30 ml of hexane each time
combining the organic phase from each extraction. Each time, leave a
small amount of the organic/hexane phase in the separatory funnel,
ensuring that no water is collected in the organic phase. This
extraction should yield about 90 ml of organic extract. Combine the
organic extract from Container 1 with the organic train
rinse in Container 2.
* * * * *
18.0 * * *
BILLING CODE 6560-N-P
[[Page 11238]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.002
[[Page 11239]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.003
[[Page 11240]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.004
[[Page 11241]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.005
BILLING CODE 6560-50-C
* * * * *
PART 60--STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW STATIONARY SOURCES
0
3. The authority citation for part 60 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401, et. seq.
Subpart A--[Amended]
0
4. Amend Sec. 60.8 by revising paragraph (g)(1) and adding new
paragraphs (h) and (i) to read as follows:
Sec. 60.8 Performance tests.
* * * * *
(g) * * *
(1) The source owner, operator, or representative of the tested
facility shall obtain an audit sample, if commercially available, from
an AASP for each test method used for regulatory compliance purposes.
No audit samples are required for the following test methods: Methods
3A and 3C of appendix A-3 of part 60, Methods 6C, 7E, 9, and 10 of
appendix A-4 of part 60, Methods 18 and 19 of appendix A-6 of part 60,
Methods 20, 22, and 25A of appendix A-7 of part 60, Methods 30A and 30B
of appendix A-8 of part 60, and Methods 303, 318, 320, and 321 of
appendix A of part 63 of this chapter. If multiple sources at a single
facility are tested during a compliance test event, only one audit
sample is required for each method used during a compliance test. The
compliance authority responsible for the compliance test may waive the
requirement to include an audit sample if they believe that an audit
sample is not necessary. ``Commercially available'' means that two or
more independent AASPs have blind audit samples available for purchase.
If the source owner, operator, or representative cannot find an audit
sample for a specific method, the owner, operator, or representative
shall consult the EPA Web site at the following URL, www.epa.gov/ttn/emc, to confirm whether there is a source that can supply an audit
sample for that method. If the EPA Web site does not list an available
audit sample at least 60 days prior to the beginning of the compliance
test, the source owner, operator, or representative shall not be
required to
[[Page 11242]]
include an audit sample as part of the quality assurance program for
the compliance test. When ordering an audit sample, the source owner,
operator, or representative shall give the sample provider an estimate
for the concentration of each pollutant that is emitted by the source
or the estimated concentration of each pollutant based on the permitted
level and the name, address, and phone number of the compliance
authority. The source owner, operator, or representative shall report
the results for the audit sample along with a summary of the emission
test results for the audited pollutant to the compliance authority and
shall report the results of the audit sample to the AASP. The source
owner, operator, or representative shall make both reports at the same
time and in the same manner or shall report to the compliance authority
first and then report to the AASP. If the method being audited is a
method that allows the samples to be analyzed in the field and the
tester plans to analyze the samples in the field, the tester may
analyze the audit samples prior to collecting the emission samples
provided a representative of the compliance authority is present at the
testing site. The tester may request and the compliance authority may
grant a waiver to the requirement that a representative of the
compliance authority must be present at the testing site during the
field analysis of an audit sample. The source owner, operator, or
representative may report the results of the audit sample to the
compliance authority and report the results of the audit sample to the
AASP prior to collecting any emission samples. The test protocol and
final test report shall document whether an audit sample was ordered
and utilized and the pass/fail results as applicable.
* * * * *
(h) Unless otherwise specified in the applicable subpart, each test
location must be verified to be free of cyclonic flow and evaluated for
the existence of emission gas stratification and the required number of
sampling traverse points. If other procedures are not specified in the
applicable subpart to the regulations, use the appropriate procedures
in Method 1 to check for cyclonic flow and Method 7E to evaluate
emission gas stratification and selection of sampling points.
(i) Whenever the use of multiple calibration gases is required by a
test method, performance specification, or quality assurance procedure
in a part 60 standard or appendix, Method 205 of 40 CFR part 51,
appendix M of this chapter, ``Verification of Gas Dilution Systems for
Field Instrument Calibrations,'' may be used.
0
5. Amend Sec. 60.13 by revising paragraph (d)(1) to read as follows:
Sec. 60.13 Monitoring requirements.
* * * * *
(d)(1) Owners and operators of a CEMS installed in accordance with
the provisions of this part, must check the zero (or low level value
between 0 and 20 percent of span value) and span (50 to 100 percent of
span value) calibration drifts at least once each operating day in
accordance with a written procedure. The zero and span must, at a
minimum, be adjusted whenever either the 24-hour zero drift or the 24-
hour span drift exceeds two times the limit of the applicable
performance specification in appendix B of this part. The system must
allow the amount of the excess zero and span drift to be recorded and
quantified whenever specified. Owners and operators of a COMS installed
in accordance with the provisions of this part must check the zero and
upscale (span) calibration drifts at least once daily. For a particular
COMS, the acceptable range of zero and upscale calibration materials is
defined in the applicable version of PS-1 in appendix B of this part.
For a COMS, the optical surfaces, exposed to the effluent gases, must
be cleaned before performing the zero and upscale drift adjustments,
except for systems using automatic zero adjustments. The optical
surfaces must be cleaned when the cumulative automatic zero
compensation exceeds 4 percent opacity.
* * * * *
0
6. Revise Sec. 60.17 to read as follows:
Sec. 60.17 Incorporations by reference.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5
U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that
specified in this section, the EPA must publish notice of change in the
Federal Register and the material must be available to the public. All
approved material is available for inspection at the Air and Radiation
Docket and Information Center, U.S. EPA, 401 M St. SW., Washington, DC,
telephone number 202-566, and is available from the sources listed
below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and
Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of
this material at NARA, call (202) 741-6030 or go to http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.
(b) American Gas Association, available through ILI Infodisk, 610
Winters Avenue, Paramus, New Jersey 07652:
(1) American Gas Association Report No. 3: Orifice Metering for
Natural Gas and Other Related Hydrocarbon Fluids, Part 1: General
Equations and Uncertainty Guidelines (1990), IBR approved for Sec.
60.107a(d).
(2) American Gas Association Report No. 3: Orifice Metering for
Natural Gas and Other Related Hydrocarbon Fluids, Part 2: Specification
and Installation Requirements (2000), IBR approved for Sec.
60.107a(d).
(3) American Gas Association Report No. 11: Measurement of Natural
Gas by Coriolis Meter (2003), IBR approved for Sec. 60.107a(d).
(4) American Gas Association Transmission Measurement Committee
Report No. 7: Measurement of Gas by Turbine Meters (Revised February
2006), IBR approved for Sec. 60.107a(d).
(c) American Hospital Association (AHA) Service, Inc., Post Office
Box 92683, Chicago, Illinois 60675-2683. You may inspect a copy at the
EPA's Air and Radiation Docket and Information Center (Docket A-91-61,
Item IV-J-124), Room M-1500, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC
20460.
(1) An Ounce of Prevention: Waste Reduction Strategies for Health
Care Facilities. American Society for Health Care Environmental
Services of the American Hospital Association. Chicago, Illinois. 1993.
AHA Catalog No. 057007. ISBN 0-87258-673-5. IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
60.35e and 60.55c.
(2) [Reserved]
(d) American Petroleum Institute (API), 1220 L Street NW.,
Washington, DC 20005.
(1) API Publication 2517, Evaporation Loss from External Floating
Roof Tanks, Second Edition, February 1980, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
60.111(i), 60.111a(f), and 60.116b(e).
(2) API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Standards, Chapter 22--
Testing Protocol, Section 2--Differential Pressure Flow Measurement
Devices, First Edition, August 2005, IBR approved for Sec. 60.107a(d).
(e) American Public Health Association, 1015 18th Street NW.,
Washington, DC 20036.
(1) ``Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Wastewater,'' 16th edition, 1985. Method 303F: ``Determination of
Mercury by the Cold Vapor Technique.'' Incorporated by reference for
appendix A-8 to part 60, Method 29, Sec. Sec. 9.2.3, 10.3, and 11.1.3.
[[Page 11243]]
(2) 2540 G. Total, Fixed, and Volatile Solids in Solid and
Semisolid Samples, in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998, IBR approved for Sec. 60.154(b).
(f) American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), Three Park
Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990, Telephone (800) 843-2763, http://www.asme.org.
(1) ASME Interim Supplement 19.5 on Instruments and Apparatus:
Application, Part II of Fluid Meters, 6th Edition (1971), IBR approved
for Sec. Sec. 60.58a(h), 60.58b(i), 60.1320(a), and 60.1810(a).
(2) ASME MFC-3M-2004, Measurement of Fluid Flow in Pipes Using
Orifice, Nozzle, and Venturi, IBR approved for Sec. 60.107a(d).
(3) ASME/ANSI MFC-4M-1986 (Reaffirmed 2008), Measurement of Gas
Flow by Turbine Meters, IBR approved for Sec. 60.107a(d).
(4) ASME/ANSI MFC-5M-1985 (Reaffirmed 2006), Measurement of Liquid
Flow in Closed Conduits Using Transit-Time Ultrasonic Flowmeters, IBR
approved for Sec. 60.107a(d).
(5) ASME MFC-6M-1998 (Reaffirmed 2005), Measurement of Fluid Flow
in Pipes Using Vortex Flowmeters, IBR approved for Sec. 60.107a(d).
(6) ASME/ANSI MFC-7M-1987 (Reaffirmed 2006), Measurement of Gas
Flow by Means of Critical Flow Venturi Nozzles, IBR approved for Sec.
60.107a(d).
(7) ASME/ANSI MFC-9M-1988 (Reaffirmed 2006), Measurement of Liquid
Flow in Closed Conduits by Weighing Method, IBR approved for Sec.
60.107a(d).
(8) ASME MFC-11M-2006, Measurement of Fluid Flow by Means of
Coriolis Mass Flowmeters, IBR approved for Sec. 60.107a(d).
(9) ASME MFC-14M-2003, Measurement of Fluid Flow Using Small Bore
Precision Orifice Meters, IBR approved for Sec. 60.107a(d).
(10) ASME MFC-16-2007, Measurement of Liquid Flow in Closed
Conduits with Electromagnetic Flowmeters, IBR approved for Sec.
60.107a(d).
(11) ASME MFC-18M-2001, Measurement of Fluid Flow Using Variable
Area Meters, IBR approved for Sec. 60.107a(d).
(12) ASME MFC-22-2007, Measurement of Liquid by Turbine Flowmeters,
IBR approved for Sec. 60.107a(d).
(13) ASME PTC 4.1-1964 (Reaffirmed 1991), Power Test Codes: Test
Code for Steam Generating Units (with 1968 and 1969 Addenda), IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.46b, 60.58a(h), 60.58b(i), 60.1320(a), and
60.1810(a).
(14) ASME/ANSI PTC 19.10-1981, Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses [Part
10, Instruments and Apparatus], (Issued August 31, 1981), IBR approved
for Sec. Sec. 60.56c(b), 60.63(f), 60.106(e), 60.104a(d), (h), (i),
and (j), 60.105a(d), (f), and (g), Sec. 60.106a(a), Sec. 60.107a(a),
(c), and (d), tables 1 and 3 to subpart EEEE, tables 2 and 4 to subpart
FFFF, table 2 to subpart JJJJ, Sec. Sec. 60.4415(a), 60.2145(s) and
(t), 60.2710(s), (t), and (w), 60.2730(q), 60.4900(b), 60.5220(b),
tables 1 and 2 to subpart LLLL, tables 2 and 3 to subpart MMMM,
Sec. Sec. 60.5406(c) and 60.5413(b).
(15) ASME QRO-1-1994, Standard for the Qualification and
Certification of Resource Recovery Facility Operators, IBR approved for
Sec. Sec. 60.54b(a) and (b), 60.56a, 60.1185(a) and (c), and
60.1675(a) and (c).
(g) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 100 Barr
Harbor Drive, Post Office Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959;
also available through ProQuest, 300 North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI
48106.
(1) ASTM A99-76, Standard Specification for Ferromanganese, IBR
approved for Sec. 60.261.
(2) ASTM A99-82 (Reapproved 1987), Standard Specification for
Ferromanganese, IBR approved for Sec. 60.261.
(3) ASTM A100-69, Standard Specification for Ferrosilicon, IBR
approved for Sec. 60.261.
(4) ASTM A100-74, Standard Specification for Ferrosilicon, IBR
approved for Sec. 60.261.
(5) ASTM A100-93, Standard Specification for Ferrosilicon, IBR
approved for Sec. 60.261.
(6) ASTM A101-73, Standard Specification for Ferrochromium, IBR
approved for Sec. 60.261.
(7) ASTM A101-93, Standard Specification for Ferrochromium, IBR
approved for Sec. 60.261.
(8) ASTM A482-76, Standard Specification for Ferrochromesilicon,
IBR approved for Sec. 60.261.
(9) ASTM A482-93, Standard Specification for Ferrochromesilicon,
IBR approved for Sec. 60.261.
(10) ASTM A483-64, Standard Specification for Silicomanganese, IBR
approved for Sec. 60.261.
(11) ASTM A483-74 (Reapproved 1988), Standard Specification for
Silicomanganese, IBR approved for Sec. 60.261.
(12) ASTM A495-76, Standard Specification for Calcium-Silicon and
Calcium Manganese-Silicon, IBR approved for Sec. 60.261.
(13) ASTM A495-94, Standard Specification for Calcium-Silicon and
Calcium Manganese-Silicon, IBR approved for Sec. 60.261.
(14) ASTM D86-78, Distillation of Petroleum Products, IBR approved
for Sec. Sec. 60.562-2(d), 60.593(d), 60.593a(d), 60.633(h).
(15) ASTM D86-82, Distillation of Petroleum Products, IBR approved
for Sec. Sec. 60.562-2(d), 60.593(d), 60.593a(d), 60.633(h).
(16) ASTM D86-90, Distillation of Petroleum Products, IBR approved
for Sec. Sec. 60.562-2(d), 60.593(d), 60.593a(d), 60.633(h).
(17) ASTM D86-93, Distillation of Petroleum Products, IBR approved
for Sec. Sec. 60.562-2(d), 60.593(d), 60.593a(d), 60.633(h).
(18) ASTM D86-95, Distillation of Petroleum Products, IBR approved
for Sec. Sec. 60.562-2(d), 60.593(d), 60.593a(d), 60.633(h).
(19) ASTM D86-96, Distillation of Petroleum Products, (Approved
April 10, 1996), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.562-2(d), 60.593(d),
60.593a(d), 60.633(h), and 60.5401(f).
(20) ASTM D129-64, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Products (General Bomb Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.106(j)
and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.2.3.
(21) ASTM D129-78, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Products (General Bomb Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.106(j)
and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.2.3.
(22) ASTM D129-95, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Products (General Bomb Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.106(j)
and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.2.3.
(23) ASTM D129-00, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Products (General Bomb Method), IBR approved for Sec. 60.335(b).
(24) ASTM D129-00 (Reapproved 2005), Standard Test Method for
Sulfur in Petroleum Products (General Bomb Method), IBR approved for
Sec. 60.4415(a).
(25) ASTM D240-76, Standard Test Method for Heat of Combustion of
Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter, IBR approved for
Sec. Sec. 60.46(c), 60.296(b), and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19,
Section 12.5.2.2.3.
(26) ASTM D240-92, Standard Test Method for Heat of Combustion of
Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter, IBR approved for
Sec. Sec. 60.46(c), 60.296(b), and appendix A-7: Method 19, Section
12.5.2.2.3.
(27) ASTM D240-02 (Reapproved 2007), Standard Test Method for Heat
of Combustion of Liquid Hydrocarbon
[[Page 11244]]
Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter, (Approved May 1, 2007), IBR approved for
Sec. 60.107a(d).
(28) ASTM D270-65, Standard Method of Sampling Petroleum and
Petroleum Products, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method
19, Section 12.5.2.2.1.
(29) ASTM D270-75, Standard Method of Sampling Petroleum and
Petroleum Products, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method
19, Section 12.5.2.2.1.
(30) ASTM D323-82, Test Method for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum
Products (Reid Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.111(l),
60.111a(g), 60.111b, and 60.116b(f).
(31) ASTM D323-94, Test Method for Vapor Pressure of Petroleum
Products (Reid Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.111(l),
60.111a(g), 60.111b, and 60.116b(f).
(32) ASTM D388-77, Standard Specification for Classification of
Coals by Rank, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.41, 60.45(f), 60.41Da,
60.41b, 60.41c, and 60.251.
(33) ASTM D388-90, Standard Specification for Classification of
Coals by Rank, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.41, 60.45(f), 60.41Da,
60.41b, 60.41c, and 60.251.
(34) ASTM D388-91, Standard Specification for Classification of
Coals by Rank, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.41, 60.45(f), 60.41Da,
60.41b, 60.41c, and 60.251.
(35) ASTM D388-95, Standard Specification for Classification of
Coals by Rank, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.41, 60.45(f), 60.41Da,
60.41b, 60.41c, and 60.251.
(36) ASTM D388-98a, Standard Specification for Classification of
Coals by Rank, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.41, 60.45(f), 60.41Da,
60.41b, 60.41c, and 60.251.
(37) ASTM D388-99 (Reapproved 2004) [egr],\1\ Standard
Specification for Classification of Coals by Rank, IBR approved for
Sec. Sec. 60.41, 60.45(f), 60.41Da, 60.41b, 60.41c, and 60.251.
(38) ASTM D396-78, Standard Specification for Fuel Oils, IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.41b, 60.41c, 60.111(b), and 60.111a(b).
(39) ASTM D396-89, Standard Specification for Fuel Oils, IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.41b, 60.41c, 60.111(b), and 60.111a(b).
(40) ASTM D396-90, Standard Specification for Fuel Oils, IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.41b, 60.41c, 60.111(b), and 60.111a(b).
(41) ASTM D396-92, Standard Specification for Fuel Oils, IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.41b, 60.41c, 60.111(b), and 60.111a(b).
(42) ASTM D396-98, Standard Specification for Fuel Oils, IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.41b, 60.41c, 60.111(b), and 60.111a(b).
(43) ASTM D975-78, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils, IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.111(b) and 60.111a(b).
(44) ASTM D975-96, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils, IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.111(b) and 60.111a(b).
(45) ASTM D975-98a, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils,
IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.111(b) and 60.111a(b).
(46) ASTM D975-08a, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils,
IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.41b and 60.41c.
(47) ASTM D1072-80, Standard Test Method for Total Sulfur in Fuel
Gases, IBR approved for Sec. 60.335(b).
(48) ASTM D1072-90 (Reapproved 1994), Standard Test Method for
Total Sulfur in Fuel Gases, IBR approved for Sec. 60.335(b).
(49) ASTM D1072-90 (Reapproved 1999), Standard Test Method for
Total Sulfur in Fuel Gases, IBR approved for Sec. 60.4415(a).
(50) ASTM D1137-53, Standard Method for Analysis of Natural Gases
and Related Types of Gaseous Mixtures by the Mass Spectrometer, IBR
approved for Sec. 60.45(f).
(51) ASTM D1137-75, Standard Method for Analysis of Natural Gases
and Related Types of Gaseous Mixtures by the Mass Spectrometer, IBR
approved for Sec. 60.45(f).
(52) ASTM D1193-77, Standard Specification for Reagent Water, IBR
approved for appendix A-3 to part 60: Method 5, Section 7.1.3; Method
5E, Section 7.2.1; Method 5F, Section 7.2.1; appendix A-4 to part 60:
Method 6, Section 7.1.1; Method 7, Section 7.1.1; Method 7C, Section
7.1.1; Method 7D, Section 7.1.1; Method 10A, Section 7.1.1; appendix A-
5 to part 60: Method 11, Section 7.1.3; Method 12, Section 7.1.3;
Method 13A, Section 7.1.2; appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 26, Section
7.1.2; Method 26A, Section 7.1.2; and Method 29, Section 7.2.2.
(53) ASTM D1193-91, Standard Specification for Reagent Water, IBR
approved for appendix A-3 to part 60: Method 5, Section 7.1.3; Method
5E, Section 7.2.1; Method 5F, Section 7.2.1; appendix A-4 to part 60:
Method 6, Section 7.1.1; Method 7, Section 7.1.1; Method 7C, Section
7.1.1; Method 7D, Section 7.1.1; Method 10A, Section 7.1.1; appendix A-
5 to part 60: Method 11, Section 7.1.3; Method 12, Section 7.1.3;
Method 13A, Section 7.1.2; appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 26, Section
7.1.2; Method 26A, Section 7.1.2; and Method 29, Section 7.2.2.
(54) ASTM D1266-87, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Products (Lamp Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.106(j) and
60.335(b).
(55) ASTM D1266-91, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Products (Lamp Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.106(j) and
60.335(b).
(56) ASTM D1266-98, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Products (Lamp Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.106(j) and
60.335(b).
(57) ASTM D1266-98 (Reapproved 2003) [egr],\1\ Standard
Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum Products (Lamp Method), IBR
approved for Sec. 60.4415(a).
(58) ASTM D1475-60 (Reapproved 1980), Standard Test Method for
Density of Paint, Varnish Lacquer, and Related Products, IBR approved
for Sec. 60.435(d), appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.1;
and Method 24A, Sections 6.5 and 7.1.
(59) ASTM D1475-90, Standard Test Method for Density of Paint,
Varnish Lacquer, and Related Products, IBR approved for Sec.
60.435(d), appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.1; and Method
24A, Sec. Sec. 6.5 and 7.1.
(60) ASTM D1552-83, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Products (High-Temperature Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
60.106(j), 60.335(b), and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section
12.5.2.2.3.
(61) ASTM D1552-95, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Products (High-Temperature Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
60.106(j), 60.335(b), and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section
12.5.2.2.3.
(62) ASTM D1552-01, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Products (High-Temperature Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
60.106(j), 60.335(b), and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section
12.5.2.2.3.
(63) ASTM D1552-03, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Products (High-Temperature Method), IBR approved for Sec. 60.4415(a).
(64) ASTM D1826-77, Standard Test Method for Calorific Value of
Gases in Natural Gas Range by Continuous Recording Calorimeter, IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.45(f), 60.46(c), 60.296(b), and appendix A-7
to part 60: Method 19, Section 12.3.2.4.
(65) ASTM D1826-94, Standard Test Method for Calorific Value of
Gases in Natural Gas Range by Continuous Recording Calorimeter, IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.45(f), 60.46(c), 60.296(b), and appendix A-7
to part 60: Method 19, Section 12.3.2.4.
(66) ASTM D1826-94 (Reapproved 2003), Standard Test Method for
[[Page 11245]]
Calorific (Heating) Value of Gases in Natural Gas Range by Continuous
Recording Calorimeter, (Approved May 10, 2003), IBR approved for Sec.
60.107a(d).
(67) ASTM D1835-87, Standard Specification for Liquefied Petroleum
(LP) Gases, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.41Da, 60.41b, and 60.41c.
(68) ASTM D1835-91, Standard Specification for Liquefied Petroleum
(LP) Gases, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.41Da, 60.41b, and 60.41c.
(69) ASTM D1835-97, Standard Specification for Liquefied Petroleum
(LP) Gases, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.41Da, 60.41b, and 60.41c.
(70) ASTM D1835-03a, Standard Specification for Liquefied Petroleum
(LP) Gases, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.41Da, 60.41b, and 60.41c.
(71) ASTM D1945-64, Standard Method for Analysis of Natural Gas by
Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. 60.45(f).
(72) ASTM D1945-76, Standard Method for Analysis of Natural Gas by
Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. 60.45(f).
(73) ASTM D1945-91, Standard Method for Analysis of Natural Gas by
Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. 60.45(f).
(74) ASTM D1945-96, Standard Method for Analysis of Natural Gas by
Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. 60.45(f).
(75) ASTM D1945-03 (Reapproved 2010), Standard Method for Analysis
of Natural Gas by Gas Chromatography, (Approved January 1, 2010), IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.107a(d) and 60.5413(d).
(76) ASTM D1946-77, Standard Method for Analysis of Reformed Gas by
Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.18(f), 60.45(f),
60.564(f), 60.614(e), 60.664(e), and 60.704(d).
(77) ASTM D1946-90 (Reapproved 1994), Standard Method for Analysis
of Reformed Gas by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
60.18(f), 60.45(f), 60.564(f), 60.614(e), 60.664(e), and 60.704(d).
(78) ASTM D1946-90 (Reapproved 2006), Standard Method for Analysis
of Reformed Gas by Gas Chromatography, (Approved June 1, 2006), IBR
approved for Sec. 60.107a(d).
(79) ASTM D2013-72, Standard Method of Preparing Coal Samples for
Analysis, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section
12.5.2.1.3.
(80) ASTM D2013-86, Standard Method of Preparing Coal Samples for
Analysis, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section
12.5.2.1.3.
(81) ASTM D2015-77 (Reapproved 1978), Standard Test Method for
Gross Calorific Value of Solid Fuel by the Adiabatic Bomb Calorimeter,
IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.45(f), 60.46(c), and appendix A-7 to
part 60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
(82) ASTM D2015-96, Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value
of Solid Fuel by the Adiabatic Bomb Calorimeter, IBR approved for
Sec. Sec. 60.45(f), 60.46(c), and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19,
Section 12.5.2.1.3.
(83) ASTM D2016-74, Standard Test Methods for Moisture Content of
Wood, IBR approved for appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 28, Section
16.1.1.
(84) ASTM D2016-83, Standard Test Methods for Moisture Content of
Wood, IBR approved for appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 28, Section
16.1.1.
(85) ASTM D2234-76, Standard Methods for Collection of a Gross
Sample of Coal, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19,
Section 12.5.2.1.1.
(86) ASTM D2234-96, Standard Methods for Collection of a Gross
Sample of Coal, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19,
Section 12.5.2.1.1.
(87) ASTM D2234-97b, Standard Methods for Collection of a Gross
Sample of Coal, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19,
Section 12.5.2.1.1.
(88) ASTM D2234-98, Standard Methods for Collection of a Gross
Sample of Coal, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19,
Section 12.5.2.1.1.
(89) ASTM D2369-81, Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of
Coatings, IBR approved for appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 24, Section
6.2.
(90) ASTM D2369-87, Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of
Coatings, IBR approved for appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 24, Section
6.2.
(91) ASTM D2369-90, Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of
Coatings, IBR approved for appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 24, Section
6.2.
(92) ASTM D2369-92, Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of
Coatings, IBR approved for appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 24, Section
6.2.
(93) ASTM D2369-93, Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of
Coatings, IBR approved for appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 24, Section
6.2.
(94) ASTM D2369-95, Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of
Coatings, IBR approved for appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 24, Section
6.2.
(95) ASTM D2382-76, Heat of Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb
Calorimeter (High-Precision Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
60.18(f), 60.485(g), 60.485a(g), 60.564(f), 60.614(e), 60.664(e), and
60.704(d).
(96) ASTM D2382-88, Heat of Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb
Calorimeter (High-Precision Method), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
60.18(f), 60.485(g), 60.485a(g), 60.564(f), 60.614(e), 60.664(e), and
60.704(d).
(97) ASTM D2504-67, Noncondensable Gases in C3 and Lighter
Hydrocarbon Products by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
60.485(g) and 60.485a(g).
(98) ASTM D2504-77, Noncondensable Gases in C3 and Lighter
Hydrocarbon Products by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
60.485(g) and 60.485a(g).
(99) ASTM D2504-88 (Reapproved 1993), Noncondensable Gases in C3
and Lighter Hydrocarbon Products by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved
for Sec. Sec. 60.485(g) and 60.485a(g).
(100) ASTM D2584-68(Reapproved 1985), Standard Test Method for
Ignition Loss of Cured Reinforced Resins, IBR approved for Sec.
60.685(c).
(101) ASTM D2584-94, Standard Test Method for Ignition Loss of
Cured Reinforced Resins, IBR approved for Sec. 60.685(c).
(102) ASTM D2597-94 (Reapproved 1999), Standard Test Method for
Analysis of Demethanized Hydrocarbon Liquid Mixtures Containing
Nitrogen and Carbon Dioxide by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for
Sec. 60.335(b).
(103) ASTM D2622-87, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Products by Wavelength Dispersive X-Ray Fluorescence Spectrometry, IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.106(j) and 60.335(b).
(104) ASTM D2622-94, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Products by Wavelength Dispersive X-Ray Fluorescence Spectrometry, IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.106(j) and 60.335(b).
(105) ASTM D2622-98, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Products by Wavelength Dispersive X-Ray Fluorescence Spectrometry, IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.106(j) and 60.335(b).
(106) ASTM D2622-05, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Products by Wavelength Dispersive X-Ray Fluorescence Spectrometry, IBR
approved for Sec. 60.4415(a).
(107) ASTM D2879-83Test Method for Vapor Pressure-Temperature
Relationship and Initial Decomposition Temperature of Liquids by
Isoteniscope, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.111b(f)(3), 60.116b(e),
60.116b(f), 60.485(e), and 60.485a(e).
(108) ASTM D2879-96, Test Method for Vapor Pressure-Temperature
Relationship and Initial Decomposition
[[Page 11246]]
Temperature of Liquids by Isoteniscope, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
60.111b(f)(3), 60.116b(e), 60.116b(f), 60.485(e), and 60.485a(e).
(109) ASTM D2879-97, Test Method for Vapor Pressure-Temperature
Relationship and Initial Decomposition Temperature of Liquids by
Isoteniscope, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.111b(f)(3), 60.116b(e),
60.116b(f), 60.485(e), and 60.485a(e).
(110) ASTM D2880-78, Standard Specification for Gas Turbine Fuel
Oils, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.111(b), 60.111a(b), and 60.335(d).
(111) ASTM D2880-96, Standard Specification for Gas Turbine Fuel
Oils, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.111(b), 60.111a(b), and 60.335(d).
(112) ASTM D2908-74, Standard Practice for Measuring Volatile
Organic Matter in Water by Aqueous-Injection Gas Chromatography, IBR
approved for Sec. 60.564(j).
(113) ASTM D2908-91, Standard Practice for Measuring Volatile
Organic Matter in Water by Aqueous-Injection Gas Chromatography, IBR
approved for Sec. 60.564(j).
(114) ASTM D2986-71, Standard Method for Evaluation of Air, Assay
Media by the Monodisperse DOP (Dioctyl Phthalate) Smoke Test, IBR
approved for appendix A-3 to part 60: Method 5, Section 7.1.1; appendix
A-5 to part 60: Method 12, Section 7.1.1; and Method 13A, Section
7.1.1.2.
(115) ASTM D2986-78, Standard Method for Evaluation of Air, Assay
Media by the Monodisperse DOP (Dioctyl Phthalate) Smoke Test, IBR
approved for appendix A-3 to part 60: Method 5, Section 7.1.1; appendix
A-5 to part 60: Method 12, Section 7.1.1; and Method 13A, Section
7.1.1.2.
(116) ASTM D2986-95a, Standard Method for Evaluation of Air, Assay
Media by the Monodisperse DOP (Dioctyl Phthalate) Smoke Test, IBR
approved for appendix A-3 to part 60: Method 5, Section 7.1.1; appendix
A-5 to part 60: Method 12, Section 7.1.1; and Method 13A, Section
7.1.1.2.
(117) ASTM D3173-73, Standard Test Method for Moisture in the
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part
60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
(118) ASTM D3173-87, Standard Test Method for Moisture in the
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part
60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
(119) ASTM D3176-74, Standard Method for Ultimate Analysis of Coal
and Coke, IBR approved for Sec. 60.45(f)(5)(i) and appendix A-7 to
part 60: Method 19, Section 12.3.2.3.
(120) ASTM D3176-89, Standard Method for Ultimate Analysis of Coal
and Coke, IBR approved for Sec. 60.45(f)(5)(i) and appendix A-7 to
part 60: Method 19, Section 12.3.2.3.
(121) ASTM D3177-75, Standard Test Method for Total Sulfur in the
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part
60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
(122) ASTM D3177-89, Standard Test Method for Total Sulfur in the
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part
60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
(123) ASTM D3178-73 (Reapproved 1979), Standard Test Methods for
Carbon and Hydrogen in the Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke, IBR
approved for Sec. 60.45(f).
(124) ASTM D3178-89, Standard Test Methods for Carbon and Hydrogen
in the Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke, IBR approved for Sec.
60.45(f).
(125) ASTM D3246-81, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Gas by Oxidative Microcoulometry, IBR approved for Sec. 60.335(b).
(126) ASTM D3246-92, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Gas by Oxidative Microcoulometry, IBR approved for Sec. 60.335(b).
(127) ASTM D3246-96, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Gas by Oxidative Microcoulometry, IBR approved for Sec. 60.335(b).
(128) ASTM D3246-05, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
Gas by Oxidative Microcoulometry, IBR approved for Sec. 60.4415(a)(1).
(129) ASTM D3270-73T, Standard Test Methods for Analysis for
Fluoride Content of the Atmosphere and Plant Tissues (Semiautomated
Method), IBR approved for appendix A-5 to part 60: Method 13A, Section
16.1.
(130) ASTM D3270-80, Standard Test Methods for Analysis for
Fluoride Content of the Atmosphere and Plant Tissues (Semiautomated
Method), IBR approved for appendix A-5 to part 60: Method 13A, Section
16.1.
(131) ASTM D3270-91, Standard Test Methods for Analysis for
Fluoride Content of the Atmosphere and Plant Tissues (Semiautomated
Method), IBR approved for appendix A-5 to part 60: Method 13A, Section
16.1.
(132) ASTM D3270-95, Standard Test Methods for Analysis for
Fluoride Content of the Atmosphere and Plant Tissues (Semiautomated
Method), IBR approved for appendix A-5 to part 60: Method 13A, Section
16.1.
(133) ASTM D3286-85, Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value
of Coal and Coke by the Isoperibol Bomb Calorimeter, IBR approved for
appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
(134) ASTM D3286-96, Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value
of Coal and Coke by the Isoperibol Bomb Calorimeter, IBR approved for
appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
(135) ASTM D3370-76, Standard Practices for Sampling Water, IBR
approved for Sec. 60.564(j).
(136) ASTM D3370-95a, Standard Practices for Sampling Water, IBR
approved for Sec. 60.564(j).
(137) ASTM D3588-98 (Reapproved 2003), Standard Practice for
Calculating Heat Value, Compressibility Factor, and Relative Density of
Gaseous Fuels, (Approved May 10, 2003), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
60.107a(d) and 60.5413(d).
(138) ASTM D3699-08, Standard Specification for Kerosine, including
Appendix X1, (Approved September 1, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
60.41b and 60.41c.
(139) ASTM D3792-79, Standard Test Method for Water Content of
Water-Reducible Paints by Direct Injection into a Gas Chromatograph,
IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.3.
(140) ASTM D3792-91, Standard Test Method for Water Content of
Water-Reducible Paints by Direct Injection into a Gas Chromatograph,
IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.3.
(141) ASTM D4017-81, Standard Test Method for Water in Paints and
Paint Materials by the Karl Fischer Titration Method, IBR approved for
appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.4.
(142) ASTM D4017-90, Standard Test Method for Water in Paints and
Paint Materials by the Karl Fischer Titration Method, IBR approved for
appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.4.
(143) ASTM D4017-96a, Standard Test Method for Water in Paints and
Paint Materials by the Karl Fischer Titration Method, IBR approved for
appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.4.
(144) ASTM D4057-81, Standard Practice for Manual Sampling of
Petroleum and Petroleum Products, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part
60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.2.3.
(145) ASTM D4057-95, Standard Practice for Manual Sampling of
Petroleum and Petroleum Products, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part
60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.2.3.
(146) ASTM D4057-95 (Reapproved 2000), Standard Practice for Manual
Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products, IBR approved for Sec.
60.4415(a).
(147) ASTM D4084-82, Standard Test Method for Analysis of Hydrogen
[[Page 11247]]
Sulfide in Gaseous Fuels (Lead Acetate Reaction Rate Method), IBR
approved for Sec. 60.334(h).
(148) ASTM D4084-94, Standard Test Method for Analysis of Hydrogen
Sulfide in Gaseous Fuels (Lead Acetate Reaction Rate Method), IBR
approved for Sec. 60.334(h).
(149) ASTM D4084-05, Standard Test Method for Analysis of Hydrogen
Sulfide in Gaseous Fuels (Lead Acetate Reaction Rate Method), IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.4360 and 60.4415(a).
(150) ASTM D4177-95, Standard Practice for Automatic Sampling of
Petroleum and Petroleum Products, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part
60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.2.1.
(151) ASTM D4177-95 (Reapproved 2000), Standard Practice for
Automatic Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products, IBR approved
for Sec. 60.4415(a).
(152) ASTM D4239-85, Standard Test Methods for Sulfur in the
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke Using High Temperature Tube Furnace
Combustion Methods, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method
19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
(153) ASTM D4239-94, Standard Test Methods for Sulfur in the
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke Using High Temperature Tube Furnace
Combustion Methods, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method
19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
(154) ASTM D4239-97, Standard Test Methods for Sulfur in the
Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke Using High Temperature Tube Furnace
Combustion Methods, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method
19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
(155) ASTM D4294-02, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
and Petroleum Products by Energy-Dispersive X-Ray Fluorescence
Spectrometry, IBR approved for Sec. 60.335(b).
(156) ASTM D4294-03, Standard Test Method for Sulfur in Petroleum
and Petroleum Products by Energy-Dispersive X-Ray Fluorescence
Spectrometry, IBR approved for Sec. 60.4415(a).
(157) ASTM D4442-84, Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture
Content Measurement in Wood and Wood-base Materials, IBR approved for
appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 28, Section 16.1.1.
(158) ASTM D4442-92, Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture
Content Measurement in Wood and Wood-base Materials, IBR approved for
appendix A-8 to part 60: Method 28, Section 16.1.1.
(159) ASTM D4444-92, Standard Test Methods for Use and Calibration
of Hand-Held Moisture Meters, IBR approved for appendix A-8 to part 60:
Method 28, Section 16.1.1.
(160) ASTM D4457-85 (Reapproved 1991), Test Method for
Determination of Dichloromethane and 1,1,1-Trichloroethane in Paints
and Coatings by Direct Injection into a Gas Chromatograph, IBR approved
for appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 24, Section 6.5.
(161) ASTM D4468-85 (Reapproved 2000), Standard Test Method for
Total Sulfur in Gaseous Fuels by Hydrogenolysis and Rateometric
Colorimetry, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.335(b) and 60.4415(a).
(162) ASTM D4468-85 (Reapproved 2006), Standard Test Method for
Total Sulfur in Gaseous Fuels by Hydrogenolysis and Rateometric
Colorimetry, (Approved June 1, 2006), IBR approved for Sec.
60.107a(e).
(163) ASTM D4629-02, Standard Test Method for Trace Nitrogen in
Liquid Petroleum Hydrocarbons by Syringe/Inlet Oxidative Combustion and
Chemiluminescence Detection, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.49b(e) and
60.335(b).
(164) ASTM D4809-95, Standard Test Method for Heat of Combustion of
Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter (Precision Method), IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.18(f), 60.485(g), 60.485a(g), 60.564(f),
60.614(d), 60.664(e), and 60.704(d).
(165) ASTM D4809-06, Standard Test Method for Heat of Combustion of
Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter (Precision Method),
(Approved December 1, 2006), IBR approved for Sec. 60.107a(d).
(166) ASTM D4810-88 (Reapproved 1999), Standard Test Method for
Hydrogen Sulfide in Natural Gas Using Length of Stain Detector Tubes,
IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.4360 and 60.4415(a).
(167) ASTM D4891-89 (Reapproved 2006) Standard Test Method for
Heating Value of Gases in Natural Gas Range by Stoichiometric
Combustion, (Approved June 1, 2006), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
60.107a(d) and 60.5413(d).
(168) ASTM D5287-97 (Reapproved 2002), Standard Practice for
Automatic Sampling of Gaseous Fuels, IBR approved for Sec. 60.4415(a).
(169) ASTM D5403-93, Standard Test Methods for Volatile Content of
Radiation Curable Materials, IBR approved for appendix A-7 to part 60:
Method 24, Section 6.6.
(170) ASTM D5453-00, Standard Test Method for Determination of
Total Sulfur in Light Hydrocarbons, Motor Fuels and Oils by Ultraviolet
Fluorescence, IBR approved for Sec. 60.335(b).
(171) ASTM D5453-05, Standard Test Method for Determination of
Total Sulfur in Light Hydrocarbons, Motor Fuels and Oils by Ultraviolet
Fluorescence, IBR approved for Sec. 60.4415(a).
(172) ASTM D5504-01, Standard Test Method for Determination of
Sulfur Compounds in Natural Gas and Gaseous Fuels by Gas Chromatography
and Chemiluminescence, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.334(h) and
60.4360.
(173) ASTM D5504-08, Standard Test Method for Determination of
Sulfur Compounds in Natural Gas and Gaseous Fuels by Gas Chromatography
and Chemiluminescence, (Approved June 15, 2008), IBR approved for
Sec. Sec. 60.107a(e) and 60.5413(d).
(174) ASTM D5762-02, Standard Test Method for Nitrogen in Petroleum
and Petroleum Products by Boat-Inlet Chemiluminescence, IBR approved
for Sec. 60.335(b).
(175) ASTM D5865-98, Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value
of Coal and Coke, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.45(f) and 60.46(c),
and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19, Section 12.5.2.1.3.
(176) ASTM D5865-10, Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value
of Coal and Coke, (Approved January 1, 2010), IBR approved for
Sec. Sec. 60.45(f), 60.46(c), and appendix A-7 to part 60: Method 19,
section 12.5.2.1.3.
(177) ASTM D6216-98, Standard Practice for Opacity Monitor
Manufacturers to Certify Conformance with Design and Performance
Specifications, IBR approved for appendix B to part 60: Performance
Specification 1.
(178) ASTM D6228-98, Standard Test Method for Determination of
Sulfur Compounds in Natural Gas and Gaseous Fuels by Gas Chromatography
and Flame Photometric Detection, IBR approved for Sec. 60.334(h).
(179) ASTM D6228-98 (Reapproved 2003), Standard Test Method for
Determination of Sulfur Compounds in Natural Gas and Gaseous Fuels by
Gas Chromatography and Flame Photometric Detection, IBR approved for
Sec. Sec. 60.4360 and 60.4415.
(180) ASTM D6348-03, Standard Test Method for Determination of
Gaseous Compounds by Extractive Direct Interface Fourier Transform
Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy, (Approved October 1, 2003), IBR approved
for Sec. 60.73a(b), table 7 to subpart IIII, and table 2 to subpart
JJJJ.
(181) ASTM D6366-99, Standard Test Method for Total Trace Nitrogen
and Its Derivatives in Liquid Aromatic Hydrocarbons by Oxidative
Combustion and Electrochemical Detection, IBR approved for Sec.
60.335(b)(9).
[[Page 11248]]
(182) ASTM D6420-99 (Reapproved 2004), Standard Test Method for
Determination of Gaseous Organic Compounds by Direct Interface Gas
Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry, (Approved October 1, 2004), IBR
approved for Sec. 60.107a(d) and table 2 to subpart JJJJ.
(183) ASTM D6522-00, Standard Test Method for Determination of
Nitrogen Oxides, Carbon Monoxide, and Oxygen Concentrations in
Emissions from Natural Gas-Fired Reciprocating Engines, Combustion
Turbines, Boilers, and Process Heaters Using Portable Analyzers, IBR
approved for Sec. 60.335(a).
(184) ASTM D6522-00 (Reapproved 2005), Standard Test Method for
Determination of Nitrogen Oxides, Carbon Monoxide, and Oxygen
Concentrations in Emissions from Natural Gas-Fired Reciprocating
Engines, Combustion Turbines, Boilers, and Process Heaters Using
Portable Analyzers, (Approved October 1, 2005), IBR approved for table
2 to subpart JJJJ, and Sec. Sec. 60.5413(b) and (d).
(185) ASTM D6667-01, Standard Test Method for Determination of
Total Volatile Sulfur in Gaseous Hydrocarbons and Liquefied Petroleum
Gases by Ultraviolet Fluorescence, IBR approved for Sec. 60.335(b).
(186) ASTM D6667-04, Standard Test Method for Determination of
Total Volatile Sulfur in Gaseous Hydrocarbons and Liquefied Petroleum
Gases by Ultraviolet Fluorescence, IBR approved for Sec. 60.4415(a).
(187) ASTM D6751-11b, Standard Specification for Biodiesel Fuel
Blend Stock (B100) for Middle Distillate Fuels, including Appendices X1
through X3, (Approved July 15, 2011), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
60.41b and 60.41c.
(188) ASTM D6784-02, Standard Test Method for Elemental, Oxidized,
Particle-Bound and Total Mercury in Flue Gas Generated from Coal-Fired
Stationary Sources (Ontario Hydro Method), IBR approved for Sec.
60.56c(b) and appendix B to part 60: Performance Specification 12A,
Section 8.6.2.
(189) ASTM D6784-02 (Reapproved 2008) Standard Test Method for
Elemental, Oxidized, Particle-Bound and Total Mercury in Flue Gas
Generated from Coal-Fired Stationary Sources (Ontario Hydro Method),
(Approved April 1, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.2165(j) and
60.2730(j), tables 1, 5, 6 and 8 to subpart CCCC, and tables 2, 6, 7,
and 9 to subpart DDDD, Sec. Sec. 60.4900(b), 60.5220(b), tables 1 and
2 to subpart LLLL, and tables 2 and 3 to subpart MMMM.
(190) ASTM D7467-10, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oil,
Biodiesel Blend (B6 to B20), including Appendices X1 through X3,
(Approved August 1, 2010), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.41b and
60.41c.
(191) ASTM E168-67, General Techniques of Infrared Quantitative
Analysis, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.485a(d), 60.593(b),
60.593a(b), and 60.632(f).
(192) ASTM E168-77, General Techniques of Infrared Quantitative
Analysis, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.485a(d), 60.593(b),
60.593a(b), and 60.632(f).
(193) ASTM E168-92, General Techniques of Infrared Quantitative
Analysis, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.485a(d)(1), 60.593(b)(2),
60.593a(b)(2), 60.632(f), and 60.5400.
(194) ASTM E169-63, General Techniques of Ultraviolet Quantitative
Analysis, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.485a(d), 60.593(b),
60.593a(b), and 60.632(f) .
(195) ASTM E169-77, General Techniques of Ultraviolet Quantitative
Analysis, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.485a(d), 60.593(b), and
60.593a(b), 60.632(f).
(196) ASTM E169-93, General Techniques of Ultraviolet Quantitative
Analysis, (Approved May 15, 1993), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
60.485a(d), 60.593(b), 60.593a(b), 60.632(f), and 60.5400(f).
(197) ASTM E260-73, General Gas Chromatography Procedures, IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.485a(d), 60.593(b), 60.593a(b), and
60.632(f).
(198) ASTM E260-91, General Gas Chromatography Procedures, (IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.485a(d), 60.593(b), 60.593a(b), and
60.632(f).
(199) ASTM E260-96, General Gas Chromatography Procedures,
(Approved April 10, 1996), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.485a(d),
60.593(b), 60.593a(b), 60.632(f), 60.5400(f), and 60.5406(b).
(200) ASTM E1584-11, Standard Test Method for Assay of Nitric Acid,
(Approved August 1, 2011), IBR approved for Sec. 60.73a(c).
(201) ASTM UOP539-97, Refinery Gas Analysis by Gas Chromatography,
(Copyright 1997), IBR approved for Sec. 60.107a(d).
(h) Association of Official Analytical Chemists, 1111 North 19th
Street, Suite 210, Arlington, VA 22209.
(1) AOAC Method 9, Official Methods of Analysis of the Association
of Official Analytical Chemists (AOAC), 11th edition, 1970, pp. 11-12,
IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.204(b), 60.214(b), 60.224(b), and
60.234(b).
(2) [Reserved]
(i) U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue
NW., Washington, DC 20460, (202) 272-0167, http://www.epa.gov.
(1) EPA-454/R-98-015, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards
(OAQPS) Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection Guidance, September 1997, IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 60.2145(r), 60.2710(r), 60.4905(b), and
60.5225(b).
(2) [Reserved]
(j) The Gas Processors Association, 6526 East 60th Street, Tulsa,
OK 74145; also available through Information Handling Services, 15
Inverness Way East, PO Box 1154, Englewood, CO 80150-1154. You may
inspect a copy at the EPA's Air and Radiation Docket and Information
Center, Room 3334, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460.
(1) Gas Processors Association Standard 2172-09, Calculation of
Gross Heating Value, Relative Density, Compressibility and Theoretical
Hydrocarbon Liquid Content for Natural Gas Mixtures for Custody
Transfer (2009), IBR approved for Sec. 60.107a(d).
(2) Gas Processors Association Standard 2261-00, Analysis for
Natural Gas and Similar Gaseous Mixtures by Gas Chromatography (2000),
IBR approved for Sec. 60.107a(d).
(3) Gas Processors Association Standard 2377-86, Test for Hydrogen
Sulfide and Carbon Dioxide in Natural Gas Using Length of Stain Tubes,
1986 Revision, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.105(b), 60.107a(b),
60.334(h), 60.4360, and 60.4415(a).
(k) International Organization for Standardization (ISO) available
through IHS Inc., 15 Inverness Way East, Englewood, CO 80112.
(1) ISO 8178-4: 1996(E), Reciprocating Internal Combustion
Engines--Exhaust Emission Measurement--part 4: Test Cycles for
Different Engine Applications, IBR approved for Sec. 60.4241(b).
(2) [Reserved]
(l) International Organization for Standardization (ISO), 1, ch. de
la Voie-Creuse, Case postale 56, CH-1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland, +41 22
749 01 11, http://www.iso.org/iso/home.htm.
(1) ISO 8316: Measurement of Liquid Flow in Closed Conduits--Method
by Collection of the Liquid in a Volumetric Tank (1987-10-01)--First
Edition, IBR approved for Sec. 60.107a(d).
(2) [Reserved]
(m) This material is available for purchase from the National
Technical Information Services (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road,
Springfield, Virginia 22161. You may inspect a copy at the EPA's Air
and Radiation Docket and Information Center (Docket A-91-61, Item IV-J-
125), Room M-1500, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460.
(1) OMB Bulletin No. 93-17: Revised Statistical Definitions for
Metropolitan Areas. Office of Management and
[[Page 11249]]
Budget, June 30, 1993. NTIS No. PB 93-192-664. IBR approved for Sec.
60.31e.
(2) [Reserved]
(n) North American Electric Reliability Corporation, 1325 G Street
NW., Suite 600, Washington, DC 20005-3801, http://www.nerc.com.
(1) North American Electric Reliability Corporation Reliability
Standard EOP-002-3, Capacity and Energy Emergencies, updated November
19, 2012, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 60.4211(f) and 60.4243(d). Also
available online: http://www.nerc.com/files/EOP-002-3_1.pdf.
(2) [Reserved]
(o) Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry (TAPPI),
Dunwoody Park, Atlanta, GA 30341.
(1) TAPPI Method T624 os-68, IBR approved for Sec. 60.285(d).
(2) [Reserved]
(p) Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL), 333 Pfingsten Road,
Northbrook, IL 60062.
(1) UL 103, Sixth Edition revised as of September 3, 1986, Standard
for Chimneys, Factory-built, Residential Type and Building Heating
Appliance, IBR approved for Appendix A-8 to part 60.
(2) [Reserved]
(q) Water Pollution Control Federation (WPCF), 2626 Pennsylvania
Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20037.
(1) Method 209A, Total Residue Dried at 103-105 [deg]C, in Standard
Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater, 15th Edition,
1980, IBR approved for Sec. 60.683(b).
(2) [Reserved]
(r) West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau, 6980 SW. Barnes Road,
Portland, OR 97223.
(1) West Coast Lumber Standard Grading Rules No. 16, pages 5-21, 90
and 91, September 3, 1970, revised 1984, IBR approved for Appendix A-8
to part 60.
(2) [Reserved]
Subpart Db--[Amended]
0
7. Amend Sec. 60.46b by revising paragraphs (f)(1)(ii) and (h)(1) and
(h)(2) to read as follows:
Sec. 60.46b Compliance and performance test methods and procedures
for particulate matter and nitrogen oxides.
* * * * *
(f) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) Method 7E of appendix A of this part or Method 320 of appendix
A of part 63 shall be used to determine the NOX
concentrations. Method 3A or 3B of appendix A of this part shall be
used to determine O2 concentration.
* * * * *
(h) * * *
(1) Conduct an initial performance test as required under Sec.
60.8 over a minimum of 24 consecutive steam generating unit operating
hours at maximum heat input capacity to demonstrate compliance with the
NOX emission standards under Sec. 60.44b using Method 7,
7A, or 7E of appendix A of this part, Method 320 of appendix A of part
63 of this chapter, or other approved reference methods; and
(2) Conduct subsequent performance tests once per calendar year or
every 400 hours of operation (whichever comes first) to demonstrate
compliance with the NOX emission standards under Sec.
60.44b over a minimum of 3 consecutive steam generating unit operating
hours at maximum heat input capacity using Method 7, 7A, or 7E of
appendix A of this part, Method 320 of appendix A of part 63, or other
approved reference methods.
* * * * *
0
8. Amend Sec. 60.47b by revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as follows:
Sec. 60.47b Emission monitoring for sulfur dioxide.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(2) Measuring SO2 according to Method 6B of appendix A
of this part at the inlet or outlet to the SO2 control
system. An initial stratification test is required to verify the
adequacy of the sampling location for Method 6B of appendix A of this
part. The stratification test shall consist of three paired runs of a
suitable SO2 and CO2 measurement train operated
at the candidate location and a second similar train operated according
to the procedures in Section 3.2 and the applicable procedures in
Section 7 of Performance Specification 2. Method 6B of appendix A of
this part, Method 6A of appendix A of this part, or a combination of
Methods 6 and 3 or 3B of appendix A of this part or Methods 6C or
Method 320 of appendix A of part 63 of this chapter and 3A of appendix
A of this part are suitable measurement techniques. If Method 6B of
appendix A of this part is used for the second train, sampling time and
timer operation may be adjusted for the stratification test as long as
an adequate sample volume is collected; however, both sampling trains
are to be operated similarly. For the location to be adequate for
Method 6B of appendix A of this part, 24-hour tests, the mean of the
absolute difference between the three paired runs must be less than 10
percent.
* * * * *
Subpart Ec--[Amended]
0
9. Amend Sec. 60.51c by revising the definition of ``Medical/
infectious waste'' to read as follows:
Sec. 60.51c Definitions.
* * * * *
Medical/infectious waste means any waste generated in the
diagnosis, treatment, or immunization of human beings or animals, in
research pertaining thereto, or in the production or testing of
biologicals that are listed in paragraphs (1) through (7) of this
definition. The definition of medical/infectious waste does not include
hazardous waste identified or listed under the regulations in part 261
of this chapter; household waste, as defined in Sec. 261.4(b)(1) of
this chapter; ash from incineration of medical/infectious waste, once
the incineration process has been completed; human corpses, remains,
and anatomical parts that are intended for interment or cremation; and
domestic sewage materials identified in Sec. 261.4(a)(1) of this
chapter.
(1) Cultures and stocks of infectious agents and associated
biologicals, including: Cultures from medical and pathological
laboratories; cultures and stocks of infectious agents from research
and industrial laboratories; wastes from the production of biologicals;
discarded live and attenuated vaccines; and culture dishes and devices
used to transfer, inoculate, and mix cultures.
(2) Human pathological waste, including tissues, organs, and body
parts and body fluids that are removed during surgery or autopsy, or
other medical procedures, and specimens of body fluids and their
containers.
(3) Human blood and blood products including:
(i) Liquid waste human blood;
(ii) Products of blood;
(iii) Items saturated and/or dripping with human blood; or
(iv) Items that were saturated and/or dripping with human blood
that are now caked with dried human blood; including serum, plasma, and
other blood components, and their containers, which were used or
intended for use in either patient care, testing and laboratory
analysis or the development of pharmaceuticals. Intravenous bags are
also included in this category.
(4) Sharps that have been used in animal or human patient care or
treatment or in medical, research, or industrial laboratories,
including hypodermic needles, syringes (with or without the attached
needle), pasteur pipettes, scalpel blades, blood vials, needles with
attached tubing, and
[[Page 11250]]
culture dishes (regardless of presence of infectious agents). Also
included are other types of broken or unbroken glassware that were in
contact with infectious agents, such as used slides and cover slips.
(5) Animal waste including contaminated animal carcasses, body
parts, and bedding of animals that were known to have been exposed to
infectious agents during research (including research in veterinary
hospitals), production of biologicals or testing of pharmaceuticals.
(6) Isolation wastes including biological waste and discarded
materials contaminated with blood, excretions, exudates, or secretions
from humans who are isolated to protect others from certain highly
communicable diseases, or isolated animals known to be infected with
highly communicable diseases.
(7) Unused sharps including the following unused, discarded sharps:
hypodermic needles, suture needles, syringes, and scalpel blades.
* * * * *
Subpart H--[Amended]
0
10. Amend Sec. 60.84 by revising the equation in paragraph (d) to read
as follows:
Sec. 60.84 Emission monitoring.
* * * * *
(d) * * *
Es = (Cs S)/[0.265 - (0.0126 %O2) - (A
%CO2)]
* * * * *
Subpart O--[Amended]
0
11. Amend Sec. 60.154 by revising the introductory text to paragraph
(b)(5) to read as follows:
Sec. 60.154 Test methods and procedures.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(5) Samples of the sludge charged to the incinerator shall be
collected in nonporous jars at the beginning of each run and at
approximately 1-hour intervals thereafter until the test ends; and
``2540 G. Total, Fixed, and Volatile Solids in Solid and Semisolid
Samples, in Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
Wastewater, 20th Edition, 1998'' (incorporated by reference--see Sec.
60.17) shall be used to determine dry sludge content of each sample
(total solids residue), except that:
* * * * *
Subpart BB--[Amended]
0
12. Amend Sec. 60.284 by revising the equation in paragraph (c)(3) to
read as follows:
Sec. 60.284 Monitoring of emissions and operations.
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(3) * * *
Ccorr = C meas x (21- X)/(21- Y)
* * *
* * * * *
Subpart GG--[Amended]
0
13. Amend Sec. 60.335 by revising the terms Pr and
Po for the equation in paragraph (b)(1) to read as follows:
Sec. 60.335 Test methods and procedures.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
Pr = reference combustor inlet absolute pressure at
101.3 kilopascals ambient pressure. Alternatively, you may use 760 mm
Hg (29.92 in Hg),
Po = observed combustor inlet absolute pressure at test,
mm Hg. Alternatively, you may use the barometric pressure for the date
of the test,
* * * * *
Subpart KK--[Amended]
0
14. Amend Sec. 60.374 by revising paragraphs (b)(1), (b)(2), and
(c)(2) to read as follows:
Sec. 60.374 Test methods and procedures.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(1) Method 12 or Method 29 shall be used to determine the lead
concentration (CPb) and, if applicable, the volumetric flow
rate (Qsda) of the effluent gas. The sampling time and
sample volume for each run shall be at least 60 minutes and 0.85 dscm
(30 dscf).
(2) When different operations in a three-process operation facility
are ducted to separate control devices, the lead emission concentration
(C) from the facility shall be determined as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.006
Where:
C = concentration of lead emissions for the entire facility, mg/dscm
(gr/dscf).
Ca = concentration of lead emissions from facility ``a'',
mg/dscm (gr/dscf).
Qsda = volumetric flow rate of effluent gas from facility
``a'', dscm/hr (dscf/hr).
N = total number of control devices to which separate operations in
the facility are ducted.
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(2) Method 12 or Method 29 shall be used to determine the lead
concentration (CPb) and the volumetric flow rate
(Qsd) of the effluent gas. The sampling time and sample
volume for each run shall be at least 60 minutes and 0.85 dscm (30
dscf).
* * * * *
Subpart LL--[Amended]
0
15. Amend Sec. 60.382 by revising paragraph (a)(1) to read as follows:
Sec. 60.382 Standard for particulate matter.
(a) * * *
(1) Contain particulate matter in excess of 0.05 grams per dry
standard cubic meter (0.05 g/dscm).
* * * * *
0
16. Amend Sec. 60.386 by revising paragraph (b)(2) to read as follows:
Sec. 60.386 Test methods and procedures.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(2) Method 9 and the procedures in Sec. 60.11 shall be used to
determine opacity from stack emissions and process fugitive emissions.
The observer shall read opacity only when emissions are clearly
identified as emanating solely from the affected facility being
observed. A single visible emission observer may conduct visible
emission observations for up to three fugitive, stack, or vent emission
points within a 15-second interval. This option is subject to the
following limitations:
(i) No more than three emission points are read concurrently;
(ii) All three emission points must be within a 70[deg] viewing
sector or angle in front of the observer such that the proper sun
position can be maintained for all three points; and
(iii) If an opacity reading for any one of the three emission
points is within 5 percent opacity of the application standard, then
the observer must stop taking readings for the other two points and
continue reading just that single point.
* * * * *
Subpart UU--[Amended]
0
17. Amend Sec. 60.472 by revising paragraph (a)(1)(ii) to read as
follows:
Sec. 60.472 Standards for particulate matter.
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
[[Page 11251]]
(ii) 0.4 kg/Mg (0.8 lb/ton) of saturated felt or smooth-surfaced
roll roofing produced;
* * * * *
Subpart NNN--[Amended]
0
18. Amend Sec. 60.660 by revising paragraph (c)(4) to read as follows:
Sec. 60.660 Applicability and designation of affected facility.
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(4) Each affected facility that has a total resource effectiveness
(TRE) index value greater than 8.0 is exempt from all provisions of
this subpart except for Sec. Sec. 60.662; 60.664 (e), (f), and (g);
and 60.665 (h) and (l).
* * * * *
0
19. Amend Sec. 60.665 by revising paragraphs (h)(2) and (h)(3) to read
as follows:
Sec. 60.665 Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
* * * * *
(h) * * *
(2) Any recalculation of the TRE index value performed pursuant to
Sec. 60.664(g); and
(3) The results of any performance test performed pursuant to the
methods and procedures required by Sec. 60.664(e).
* * * * *
Subpart IIII--[Amended]
0
20. Revise Table 7 to Subpart IIII of part 60 to read as follows:
As stated in Sec. 60.4213, you must comply with the following
requirements for performance tests for stationary CI ICE with a
displacement of >=30 liters per cylinder:
Table 7 to Subpart IIII of Part 60--Requirements for Performance Tests for Stationary CI ICE with a Displacement of >=30 Liters per Cylinder
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Complying with the According to the following
Each requirement to You must Using requirements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Stationary CI internal a. Reduce NOX emissions by 90 i. Select the sampling port ............................. (a) For NOX, O2, and
combustion engine with a percent or more; location and number/location moisture measurement, ducts
displacement of >= 30 liters of traverse points at the <=6 inches in diameter may
per cylinder inlet and outlet of the be sampled at a single
control device; point located at the duct
centroid and ducts >6 and
<=12 inches in diameter may
be sampled at 3 traverse
points located at 16.7,
50.0, and 83.3% of the
measurement line (`3-point
long line'). If the duct is
>12 inches in diameter and
the sampling port location
meets the two and half-
diameter criterion of
Section 11.1.1 of Method 1
of 40 CFR part 60, appendix
A-1, the duct may be
sampled at `3-point long
line'; otherwise, conduct
the stratification testing
and select sampling points
according to Section 8.1.2
of Method 7E of 40 CFR part
60, appendix A-4.
............................. ii. Measure O2 at the inlet (1) Method 3, 3A, or 3B of 40 (b) Measurements to
and outlet of the control CFR part 60, appendix A-2 determine O2 concentration
device; must be made at the same
time as the measurements
for NOX concentration.
............................. iii. If necessary, measure (2) Method 4 of 40 CFR part (c) Measurements to
moisture content at the 60, appendix A-3, Method 320 determine moisture content
inlet and outlet of the of 40 CFR part 63, appendix must be made at the same
control device; and A, or ASTM D 6348-03 time as the measurements
(incorporated by reference, for NOX concentration.
see Sec. 60.17)
............................. iv. Measure NOX at the inlet (3) Method 7E of 40 CFR part (d) NOX concentration must
and outlet of the control 60, appendix A-4, Method 320 be at 15 percent O2, dry
device. of 40 CFR part 63, appendix basis. Results of this test
A, or ASTM D 6348-03 consist of the average of
(incorporated by reference, the three 1-hour or longer
see Sec. 60.17) runs.
[[Page 11252]]
b. Limit the concentration of i. Select the sampling port ............................. (a) For NOX, O2, and
NOX in the stationary CI location and number/location moisture measurement, ducts
internal combustion engine of traverse points at the <=6 inches in diameter may
exhaust. exhaust of the stationary be sampled at a single
internal combustion engine; point located at the duct
centroid and ducts >6 and
<=12 inches in diameter may
be sampled at 3 traverse
points located at 16.7,
50.0, and 83.3% of the
measurement line (`3-point
long line'). If the duct is
>12 inches in diameter and
the sampling port location
meets the two and half-
diameter criterion of
Section 11.1.1 of Method 1
of 40 CFR part 60, appendix
A-1, the duct may be
sampled at `3-point long
line'; otherwise, conduct
the stratification testing
and select sampling points
according to Section 8.1.2
of Method 7E of 40 CFR part
60, appendix A-4.
............................. ii. Determine the O2 (1) Method 3, 3A, or 3B of 40 (b) Measurements to
concentration of the CFR part 60, appendix A-2 determine O2 concentration
stationary internal must be made at the same
combustion engine exhaust at time as the measurement for
the sampling port location; NOX concentration.
............................. iii. If necessary, measure (2) Method 4 of 40 CFR part (c) Measurements to
moisture content of the 60, appendix A-3, Method 320 determine moisture content
stationary internal of 40 CFR part 63, appendix must be made at the same
combustion engine exhaust at A, or ASTM D 6348-03 time as the measurement for
the sampling port location; (incorporated by reference, NOX concentration.
and see Sec. 60.17)
............................. iv. Measure NOX at the (3) Method 7E of 40 CFR part (d) NOX concentration must
exhaust of the stationary 60, Appendix A-4, Method 320 be at 15 percent O2, dry
internal combustion engine; of 40 CFR part 63, appendix basis. Results of this test
if using a control device, A, or ASTM D 6348-03 consist of the average of
the sampling site must be (incorporated by reference, the three 1-hour or longer
located at the outlet of the see Sec. 60.17) runs.
control device.
c. Reduce PM emissions by 60 i. Select the sampling port (1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR (a) Sampling sites must be
percent or more location and the number of part 60, appendix A-1 located at the inlet and
traverse points; outlet of the control
device.
............................. ii. Measure O2 at the inlet (2) Method 3, 3A, or 3B of 40 (b) Measurements to
and outlet of the control CFR part 60, appendix A-2 determine O2 concentration
device; must be made at the same
time as the measurements
for PM concentration.
............................. iii. If necessary, measure (3) Method 4 of 40 CFR part (c) Measurements to
moisture content at the 60, appendix A-3 determine and moisture
inlet and outlet of the content must be made at the
control device; and same time as the
measurements for PM
concentration.
[[Page 11253]]
............................. iv. Measure PM at the inlet (4) Method 5 of 40 CFR part (d) PM concentration must be
and outlet of the control 60, appendix A-3 at 15 percent O2, dry
device. basis. Results of this test
consist of the average of
the three 1-hour or longer
runs.
d. Limit the concentration of i. Select the sampling port (1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR (a) If using a control
PM in the stationary CI location and the number of part 60, appendix A-1 device, the sampling site
internal combustion engine traverse points; must be located at the
exhaust outlet of the control
device.
............................. ii. Determine the O2 (2) Method 3, 3A, or 3B of 40 (b) Measurements to
concentration of the CFR part 60, appendix A-2 determine O2 concentration
stationary internal must be made at the same
combustion engine exhaust at time as the measurements
the sampling port location; for PM concentration.
............................. iii. If necessary, measure (3) Method 4 of 40 CFR part (c) Measurements to
moisture content of the 60, appendix A-3 determine moisture content
stationary internal must be made at the same
combustion engine exhaust at time as the measurements
the sampling port location; for PM concentration.
and
............................. iv. Measure PM at the exhaust (4) Method 5 of 40 CFR part (d) PM concentration must be
of the stationary internal 60, appendix A-3. at 15 percent O2, dry
combustion engine. basis. Results of this test
consist of the average of
the three 1-hour or longer
runs.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subpart JJJJ--[Amended]
0
21. Revise Table 2 to Subpart JJJJ of part 60 to read as follows:
As stated in Sec. 60.4244, you must comply with the following
requirements for performance tests within 10 percent of 100 percent
peak (or the highest achievable) load:
[[Page 11254]]
Table 2 to Subpart JJJJ of Part 60--Requirements for Performance Tests
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Complying with the According to the following
For each requirement to You must Using requirements
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Stationary SI internal a. limit the concentration of i. Select the sampling port (1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR (a) Alternatively, for NOX,
combustion engine NOX in the stationary SI location and the number/ part 60, appendix A-1, if O2, and moisture
demonstrating compliance internal combustion engine location of traverse points measuring flow rate. measurement, ducts <=6
according to Sec. 60.4244. exhaust. at the exhaust of the inches in diameter may be
stationary internal sampled at a single point
combustion engine; located at the duct
centroid and ducts >6 and
<=12 inches in diameter may
be sampled at 3 traverse
points located at 16.7,
50.0, and 83.3% of the
measurement line (`3-point
long line'). If the duct is
>12 inches in diameter and
the sampling port location
meets the two and half-
diameter criterion of
Section 11.1.1 of Method 1
of 40 CFR part 60, Appendix
A, the duct may be sampled
at `3-point long line';
otherwise, conduct the
stratification testing and
select sampling points
according to Section 8.1.2
of Method 7E of 40 CFR part
60, Appendix A.
............................. ii. Determine the O2 (2) Method 3, 3A, or 3B\b\ of (b) Measurements to
concentration of the 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-2 determine O2 concentration
stationary internal or ASTM Method D6522-00 must be made at the same
combustion engine exhaust at (Reapproved 2005) a e. time as the measurements
the sampling port location; for NOX concentration.
............................. iii. If necessary, determine (3) Method 2 or 2C of 40 CFR ............................
the exhaust flowrate of the part 60, appendix A-1 or
stationary internal Method 19 of 40 CFR part 60,
combustion engine exhaust; appendix A-7.
............................. iv. If necessary, measure (4) Method 4 of 40 CFR part (c) Measurements to
moisture content of the 60, appendix A-3, Method 320 determine moisture must be
stationary internal of 40 CFR part 63, appendix made at the same time as
combustion engine exhaust at A, or ASTM Method D 6348-03 the measurement for NOX
the sampling port location; \e\. concentration.
and
............................. v. Measure NOX at the exhaust (5) Method 7E of 40 CFR part (d) Results of this test
of the stationary internal 60, appendix A-4, ASTM consist of the average of
combustion engine; if using Method D6522-00 (Reapproved the three 1-hour or longer
a control device, the 2005) a e, Method 320 of 40 runs.
sampling site must be CFR part 63, appendix A, or
located at the outlet of the ASTM Method D 6348-03 \e\.
control device.
[[Page 11255]]
b. limit the concentration of i. Select the sampling port (1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR (a) Alternatively, for CO,
CO in the stationary SI location and the number/ part 60, appendix A-1, if O2, and moisture
internal combustion engine location of traverse points measuring flow rate. measurement, ducts <=6
exhaust. at the exhaust of the inches in diameter may be
stationary internal sampled at a single point
combustion engine; located at the duct
centroid and ducts >6 and
<=12 inches in diameter may
be sampled at 3 traverse
points located at 16.7,
50.0, and 83.3% of the
measurement line (`3-point
long line'). If the duct is
>12 inches in diameter and
the sampling port location
meets the two and half-
diameter criterion of
Section 11.1.1 of Method 1
of 40 CFR part 60, Appendix
A, the duct may be sampled
at `3-point long line';
otherwise, conduct the
stratification testing and
select sampling points
according to Section 8.1.2
of Method 7E of 40 CFR part
60, Appendix A.
............................. ii. Determine the O2 (2) Method 3, 3A, or 3B \b\ (b) Measurements to
concentration of the of 40 CFR part 60, appendix determine O2 concentration
stationary internal A-2 or ASTM Method D6522-00 must be made at the same
combustion engine exhaust at (Reapproved 2005) a e. time as the measurements
the sampling port location; for CO concentration.
............................. iii. If necessary, determine (3) Method 2 or 2C of 40 CFR ............................
the exhaust flowrate of the part 60, appendix A-1 or
stationary internal Method 19 of 40 CFR part 60,
combustion engine exhaust; appendix A-7.
............................. iv. If necessary, measure (4) Method 4 of 40 CFR part (c) Measurements to
moisture content of the 60, appendix A-3, Method 320 determine moisture must be
stationary internal of 40 CFR part 63, appendix made at the same time as
combustion engine exhaust at A, or ASTM Method D 6348-03 the measurement for CO
the sampling port location; \e\. concentration.
and
............................. v. Measure CO at the exhaust (5) Method 10 of 40 CFR part (d) Results of this test
of the stationary internal 60, appendix A4, ASTM Method consist of the average of
combustion engine; if using D6522-00 (Reapproved 2005) a the three 1-hour or longer
a control device, the e, Method 320 of 40 CFR part runs.
sampling site must be 63, appendix A, or ASTM
located at the outlet of the Method D 6348-03 \e\.
control device.
[[Page 11256]]
c. limit the concentration of i. Select the sampling port (1) Method 1 or 1A of 40 CFR (a) Alternatively, for VOC,
VOC in the stationary SI location and the number/ part 60, appendix A-1, if O2, and moisture
internal combustion engine location of traverse points measuring flow rate. measurement, ducts <=6
exhaust at the exhaust of the inches in diameter may be
stationary internal sampled at a single point
combustion engine; located at the duct
centroid and ducts >6 and
<=12 inches in diameter may
be sampled at 3 traverse
points located at 16.7,
50.0, and 83.3% of the
measurement line (`3-point
long line'). If the duct is
>12 inches in diameter and
the sampling port location
meets the two and half-
diameter criterion of
Section 11.1.1 of Method 1
of 40 CFR part 60, Appendix
A, the duct may be sampled
at `3-point long line';
otherwise, conduct the
stratification testing and
select sampling points
according to Section 8.1.2
of Method 7E of 40 CFR part
60, Appendix A.
............................. ii. Determine the O2 (2) Method 3, 3A, or 3B \b\ (b) Measurements to
concentration of the of 40 CFR part 60, appendix determine O2 concentration
stationary internal A-2 or ASTM Method D6522-00 must be made at the same
combustion engine exhaust at (Reapproved 2005) a e. time as the measurements
the sampling port location; for VOC concentration.
............................. iii. If necessary, determine (3) Method 2 or 2C of 40 CFR ............................
the exhaust flowrate of the part 60, appendix A-1 or
stationary internal Method 19 of 40 CFR part 60,
combustion engine exhaust; appendix A-7.
............................. iv. If necessary, measure (4) Method 4 of 40 CFR part (c) Measurements to
moisture content of the 60, appendix A-3, Method 320 determine moisture must be
stationary internal of 40 CFR part 63, appendix made at the same time as
combustion engine exhaust at A, or ASTM Method D 6348-03 the measurement for VOC
the sampling port location; \e\. concentration.
and
............................. v. Measure VOC at the exhaust (5) Methods 25A and 18 of 40 (d) Results of this test
of the stationary internal CFR part 60, appendices A-6 consist of the average of
combustion engine; if using and A-7, Method 25A with the the three 1-hour or longer
a control device, the use of a methane cutter as runs.
sampling site must be described in 40 CFR
located at the outlet of the 1065.265, Method 18 of 40
control device. CFR part 60, appendix A-6 c
d, Method 320 of 40 CFR part
63, appendix A, or ASTM
Method D 6348-03 \e\.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Also, you may petition the Administrator for approval to use alternative methods for portable analyzer.
\b\ You may use ASME PTC 19.10-1981, Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses, for measuring the O2 content of the exhaust gas as an alternative to EPA Method 3B.
AMSE PTC 19.10-1981 incorporated by reference, see 40 CFR 60.17
\c\ You may use EPA Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-6, provided that you conduct an adequate pre-survey test prior to the emissions test, such
as the one described in OTM 11 on EPA's Web site (http://www.epa.gov/ttn/emc/prelim/otm11.pdf).
\d\ You may use ASTM D6420-99 (2004), Test Method for Determination of Gaseous Organic Compounds by Direct Interface Gas Chromatography/Mass
Spectrometry as an alternative to EPA Method 18 for measuring total nonmethane organic. ASTM D6420-99(2004) incorporated by reference; see 40 CFR
60.17.
\e\ Incorporated by reference; see 40 CFR 60.17.
[[Page 11257]]
0
22. Amend appendix A-1 to part 60 as follows:
0
a. By amending Method 1 as follows:
0
i. By revising Figure 1-1 in section 17.
0
ii. By adding Figure 1-2 to section 17.
0
b. By amending Method 2 as follows:
0
i. By revising section 8.1, the note at the end of 10.1.1, and sections
10.4, 12.6, and 12.7.
0
ii. By removing the definition for Ts(abs) in section 12.1.
0
iii. By adding a definition for Ts(abavg) in alphabetical order to
section 12.1.
0
c. By revising Method 2A, sections 10.3 and 12.2.
0
d. By revising Method 2B, section 12.1.
0
e. By revising Method 2D, section 10.4.
Appendix A-1 to Part 60--Test Methods 1 Through 2F
* * * * *
Method 1--Sample and Velocity Traverses From Stationary Sources
* * * * *
17.0 * * *
[[Page 11258]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.007
[[Page 11259]]
* * * * *
Method 2--Determination of Stack Gas Velocity and Volumetric Flow Rate
(Type S Pitot Tube)
* * * * *
8.1 Set up the apparatus as shown in Figure 2-1. Capillary
tubing or surge tanks installed between the manometer and pitot tube
may be used to dampen [Delta]P fluctuations. It is recommended, but
not required, that a pretest leak-check be conducted as follows: (1)
blow through the pitot impact opening until at least 7.6 cm (3.0
in.) H2O velocity head registers on the manometer; then,
close off the impact opening. The pressure shall remain stable
(2.5 mm H2O, 0.10 in.
H2O) for at least 15 seconds; (2) do the same for the
static pressure side, except using suction to obtain the minimum of
7.6 cm (3.0 in.) H2O. Other leak-check procedures,
subject to the approval of the Administrator, may be used.
* * * * *
10.1.1 * * *
Note: Do not use a Type S pitot tube assembly that is
constructed such that the impact pressure opening plane of the pitot
tube is below the entry plane of the nozzle (see Figure 2-7B).
* * * * *
10.4 Barometer. Calibrate the barometer used against a mercury
barometer or NIST-traceable barometer prior to each field test.
* * * * *
12.1 Nomenclature
* * * * *
Ts(abavg) = Average absolute stack temperature, [deg]K
([deg]R).
= 273 + Ts for metric units,
= 460 + Ts for English units.
* * * * *
12.6 Average Stack Gas Velocity.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.008
* * * * *
Method 2A--Direct Measurement of Gas Volume Through Pipes and Small
Ducts
* * * * *
10.3 Barometer. Calibrate the barometer used against a mercury
barometer or NIST-traceable barometer prior to the field test.
* * * * *
12.2 Test Meter Calibration Coefficient.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.009
* * * * *
Method 2B--Determination of Exhaust Gas Volume Flow Rate From Gasoline
Vapor Incinerators
* * * * *
12.1 Nomenclature.
COe = Mean carbon monoxide concentration in system
exhaust, ppm.
(CO2)a = Ambient carbon dioxide concentration,
ppm (if not measured during the test period, may be assumed to equal
380 ppm).
(CO2)e = Mean carbon dioxide concentration in
system exhaust, ppm.
HCe = Mean organic concentration in system exhaust as
defined by the calibration gas, ppm.
Hci = Mean organic concentration in system inlet as
defined by the calibration gas, ppm.
Ke = Hydrocarbon calibration gas factor for the exhaust
hydrocarbon analyzer, unitless [equal to the number of carbon atoms
per molecule of the gas used to calibrate the analyzer (2 for
ethane, 3 for propane, etc.)].
Ki = Hydrocarbon calibration gas factor for the inlet
hydrocarbon analyzer, unitless.
Ves = Exhaust gas volume, m\3\.
Vis = Inlet gas volume, m\3\.
Qes = Exhaust gas volume flow rate, m\3\/min.
Qis = Inlet gas volume flow rate, m\3\/min.
[thgr] = Sample run time, min.
S = Standard conditions: 20[deg] C, 760 mm Hg.
* * * * *
Method 2D--Measurement of Gas Volume Flow Rates in Small Pipes and
Ducts
* * * * *
[[Page 11260]]
10.4 Barometer. Calibrate the barometer used against a mercury
barometer or NIST-traceable barometer prior to the field test.
* * * * *
0
23. Amend appendix A-2 to part 60 as follows:
0
a. By revising Method 3A, section 7.1.
0
b. By amending Method 3C as follows:
0
i. By revising section 7.1.
0
ii. By adding section 7.3.
Appendix A-2 to Part 60--Test Methods 2G Through 3C
* * * * *
Method 3A--Determination of Oxygen and Carbon Dioxide Concentrations in
Emissions From Stationary Sources (Instrumental Analyzer Procedure)
* * * * *
7.1 Calibration Gas. What calibration gases do I need? Refer to
Section 7.1 of Method 7E for the calibration gas requirements.
Example calibration gas mixtures are listed below. Pre-cleaned or
scrubbed air may be used for the O2 high-calibration gas
provided it does not contain other gases that interfere with the
O2 measurement.
(a) CO2 in Nitrogen (N2).
(b) CO2/SO2 gas mixture in N2.
(c) O2/SO2 gas mixture in N2.
(d) O2/CO2/SO2 gas mixture in
N2.
(e) CO2/NOX gas mixture in N2.
(f) CO2/SO2/NOX gas mixture in
N2.
The tests for analyzer calibration error and system bias require
high-, mid-, and low-level gases.
* * * * *
Method 3C--Determination of Carbon Dioxide, Methane, Nitrogen, and
Oxygen from Stationary Sources
* * * * *
7.1 Nomenclature.
Bw = Moisture content in the sample, fraction.
CN2 = Measured N2 concentration (by Method
3C), fraction.
CN2Corr = Measured N2 concentration corrected
only for dilution, fraction.
Ct = Calculated NMOC concentration, ppmv C equivalent.
Ctm = Measured NMOC concentration, ppmv C equivalent.
Pb = Barometric pressure, mm Hg.
Pt = Gas sample tank pressure after sampling, but before
pressurizing, mm Hg absolute.
Ptf = Final gas sample tank pressure after pressurizing,
mm Hg absolute.
Pti = Gas sample tank pressure after evacuation, mm Hg
absolute.
Pw = Vapor pressure of H2O (from Table 25C-1),
mm Hg.
r = Total number of analyzer injections of sample tank during
analysis (where j = injection number, 1 . . . r).
R = Mean calibration response factor for specific sample component,
area/ppm.
Tt = Sample tank temperature at completion of sampling,
[deg]K.
Tti = Sample tank temperature before sampling, [deg]K.
Ttf = Sample tank temperature after pressurizing, [deg]K.
* * * * *
7.3 Measured N2 Concentration Correction. Calculate
the reported N2 correction for Method 25-C using Eq. 3C-
4. If oxygen is determined in place of N2, substitute the
oxygen concentration for the nitrogen concentration in the equation.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.010
* * * * *
0
24. Amend appendix A-3 to part 60 as follows:
0
a. By revising Method 4, sections 9.1 and 16.0.
0
b. Amend Method 5 as follows:
0
i. By revising sections 6.1.1.5, 6.1.1.6, 6.1.1.7, 6.1.1.9, 7.1.3, 8.1,
8.3.4, 8.5, 8.5.6, 8.7.3, 8.7.5, 10.3.3, 10.5, 10.6.
0
ii. By removing section 7.1.5.
0
iii. By revising Equation 5-13 in section 16.2.3.3.
0
iv. By adding section 16.3.
0
v. By adding reference 13 to section 17.0.
0
c. By revising Method 5A, section 8.1.
0
d. By amending Method 5E as follows:
0
i. By redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as sections 17.0 and 18.0,
respectively.
0
ii. By adding a new section 16.0.
0
e. By amending Method 5H as follows:
0
i. By revising section 12.1.
0
ii. By adding section 12.15.
0
iii. By redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as sections 17.0 and 18.0,
respectively.
0
iv. By adding a new section 16.
Appendix A-3 to Part 60--Test Methods 4 Through 5I
* * * * *
Method 4--Determination of Moisture Content in Stack Gases
* * * * *
9.1 Miscellaneous Quality Control Measures.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Quality control
Section measure Effect
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Section 8.1.1.4............. Leak rate of the Ensures the accuracy
sampling system of the volume of
cannot exceed four gas sampled.
percent of the (Reference Method).
average sampling
rate or 0.00057
m\3\/min (0.020
cfm).
Section 8.2.1............... Leak rate of the Ensures the accuracy
sampling system of the volume of
cannot exceed two gas sampled.
percent of the (Approximation
average sampling Method).
rate.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * *
16.0 Alternative Procedures
16.1 The procedure described in Method 5 for determining
moisture content is an acceptable alternative to Method 4.
16.2 The procedures in Method 6A for determining moisture is an
acceptable alternative to Method 4.
16.3 Method 320 is an acceptable alternative to Method 4 for
determining moisture.
16.4 Using F-factors to determine moisture is an acceptable
alternative to Method 4 for a combustion stack not using a scrubber.
If this option is selected, calculate the moisture content as
follows:
BWS - BH + BA + BF
Where:
[[Page 11261]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.011
Bws = Mole fraction of moisture in the stack gas.
Fd = Volume of dry combustion components per unit of heat
content at 0 percent oxygen, dscf/10\6\ Btu (scm/J). See Table 19-2
in Method 19.
FW = Volume of wet combustion components per unit of heat
content at 0 percent oxygen, wet scf/10\6\ Btu (scm/J). See Table
19-2 in Method 19.
%RH = Percent relative humidity (calibrated hydrometer acceptable),
percent.
PBar = Barometric pressure, in. Hg.
T = Ambient temperature, [deg]F.
W = Percent free water by weight, percent.
O2 = Percent oxygen in stack gas, dry basis, percent.
* * * * *
Method 5--Determination of Particulate Matter Emissions From Stationary
Sources
* * * * *
6.1.1.5 Filter Holder. Borosilicate glass, with a glass or
Teflon frit filter support and a silicone rubber gasket. Other
materials of construction (e.g., stainless steel or Viton) may be
used, subject to the approval of the Administrator. The holder
design shall provide a positive seal against leakage from the
outside or around the filter. The holder shall be attached
immediately at the outlet of the probe (or cyclone, if used).
6.1.1.6 Filter Heating System. Any heating system capable of
monitoring and maintaining temperature around the filter shall be
used to ensure the sample gas temperature exiting the filter of 120
14 [deg]C (248 25 [deg]F) during sampling
or such other temperature as specified by an applicable subpart of
the standards or approved by the Administrator for a particular
application. The monitoring and regulation of the temperature around
the filter may be done with the filter temperature sensor or another
temperature sensor.
6.1.1.7 Filter Temperature Sensor. A temperature sensor capable
of measuring temperature to within 3 [deg]C (5.4 [deg]F)
shall be installed so that the sensing tip of the temperature sensor
is in direct contact with the sample gas exiting the filter. The
sensing tip of the sensor may be encased in glass, Teflon, or metal
and must protrude at least \1/2\ in. into the sample gas exiting the
filter. The filter temperature sensor must be monitored and recorded
during sampling to ensure a sample gas temperature exiting the
filter of 120 14 [deg]C (248 25 [deg]F),
or such other temperature as specified by an applicable subpart of
the standards or approved by the Administrator for a particular
application.
* * * * *
6.1.1.9 Metering System. Vacuum gauge, leak-free pump,
calibrated temperature sensors (rechecked at at least one point
after each test), dry gas meter (DGM) capable of measuring volume to
within 2 percent, and related equipment, as shown in Figure 5-1.
Alternatively, an Isostack metering system may be used if all Method
5 calibrations are performed, with the exception of those related to
[Delta]H@ in Section 9.2.1, wherein the sample flow rate system
shall be calibrated in lieu of [Delta]H@ and shall not deviate by
more than 5 percent. Other metering systems capable of maintaining
sampling rates within 10 percent of isokinetic and of determining
sample volumes to within 2 percent may be used, subject to the
approval of the Administrator. When the metering system is used in
conjunction with a pitot tube, the system shall allow periodic
checks of isokinetic rates.
* * * * *
7.1.3 Water. When analysis of the material caught in the
impingers is required, deionized distilled water [to conform to ASTM
D1193-77 or 91 Type 3 (incorporated by reference--see Sec. 60.17)]
with at least <0.001 percent residue shall be used or as specified
in the applicable method requiring analysis of the water. Run
reagent blanks prior to field use to eliminate a high blank on test
samples.
* * * * *
8.1 Pretest Preparation. It is suggested that sampling equipment
be maintained according to the procedures described in APTD-0576.
Alternative mercury-free thermometers may be used if the
thermometers are at a minimum equivalent in terms of performance or
suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement
application.
* * * * *
8.3.4 Set up the train as shown in Figure 5-1 ensuring that the
connections are leak-tight. Subject to the approval of the
Administrator, a glass cyclone may be used between the probe and
filter holder when the total particulate catch is expected to exceed
100 mg or when water droplets are present in the stack gas.
* * * * *
8.5 Sampling Train Operation. During the sampling run, maintain
an isokinetic sampling rate (within 10 percent of true isokinetic
unless otherwise specified by the Administrator) and a sample gas
temperature through the filter of 120 14 [deg]C (248
25 [deg]F) or such other temperature as specified by
[[Page 11262]]
an applicable subpart of the standards or approved by the
Administrator.
* * * * *
8.5.6 During the test run, make periodic adjustments to keep the
temperature around the filter holder at the proper level to maintain
the sample gas temperature exiting the filter; add more ice and, if
necessary, salt to maintain a temperature of less than 20 [deg]C (68
[deg]F) at the condenser/silica gel outlet. Also, periodically check
the level and zero of the manometer.
* * * * *
8.7.3 Before moving the sample train to the cleanup site, remove
the probe from the sample train and cap the open outlet of the
probe. Be careful not to lose any condensate that might be present.
Cap the filter inlet where the probe was fastened. Remove the
umbilical cord from the last impinger, and cap the impinger. If a
flexible line is used between the first impinger or condenser and
the filter holder, disconnect the line at the filter holder, and let
any condensed water or liquid drain into the impingers or condenser.
Cap off the filter holder outlet and impinger inlet. Either ground-
glass stoppers, plastic caps, or serum caps may be used to close
these openings.
* * * * *
8.7.5 Save a portion of the acetone used for cleanup as a blank.
From each storage container of acetone used for cleanup, save 200 ml
and place in a glass sample container labeled ``acetone blank.'' To
minimize any particulate contamination, rinse the wash bottle prior
to filling from the tested container.
* * * * *
10.3.3 Acceptable Variation in Calibration Check. If the DGM
coefficient values obtained before and after a test series differ by
more than 5 percent, the test series shall either be voided, or
calculations for the test series shall be performed using whichever
meter coefficient value (i.e., before or after) gives the lower
value of total sample volume.
* * * * *
10.5 Temperature Sensors. Use the procedure in Section 10.3 of
Method 2 to calibrate in-stack temperature sensors. Dial
thermometers, such as are used for the DGM and condenser outlet,
shall be calibrated against mercury-in-glass thermometers. An
alternative mercury-free NIST-traceable thermometer may be used if
the thermometer is, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance
or suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement
application. As an alternative, the following single-point
calibration procedure may be used. After each test run series, check
the accuracy (and, hence, the calibration) of each thermocouple
system at ambient temperature, or any other temperature, within the
range specified by the manufacturer, using a reference thermometer
(either ASTM reference thermometer or a thermometer that has been
calibrated against an ASTM reference thermometer). The temperatures
of the thermocouple and reference thermometers shall agree to within
2 [deg]F.
10.6 Barometer. Calibrate against a mercury barometer or NIST-
traceable barometer prior to the field test. Alternatively,
barometric pressure may be obtained from a weather report that has
been adjusted for the test point (on the stack) elevation.
* * * * *
16.2.3.3 * * *
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.012
* * * * *
16.3 Alternative Post-Test Metering System Calibration. The
following procedure may be used as an alternative to the post-test
calibration described in Section 10.3.2. This alternative procedure
does not detect leakages between the inlet of the metering system
and the dry gas meter. Therefore, two steps must be included to make
it an equivalent alternative:
(1) The metering system must pass the post-test leak-check from
either the inlet of the sampling train or the inlet of the metering
system. Therefore, if the train fails the former leak-check, another
leak-check from the inlet of the metering system must be conducted;
(2) The metering system must pass the leak-check of that portion
of the train from the pump to the orifice meter as described in
Section 8.4.1.
16.3.1 After each test run, do the following:
16.3.1.1 Ensure that the metering system has passed the post-
test leak-check. If not, conduct a leak-check of the metering system
from its inlet.
16.3.1.2 Conduct the leak-check of that portion of the train
from the pump to the orifice meter as described in Section 10.3.1.1.
16.3.1.3 Calculate Yqa for each test run using the
following equation:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.013
Where:
Yqa = Dry gas meter calibration check value,
dimensionless.
0.0319 = (29.92/528) (0.75) \2\ (in. Hg/[deg]R) cfm\2\.
[Delta]H@ = Orifice meter calibration coefficient, in.
H2O.
Md = Dry molecular weight of stack gas, lb/lb-mole.
29 = Dry molecular weight of air, lb/lb-mole.
16.3.2 After each test run series, do the following:
16.3.2.1 Average the three or more Yqa's obtained
from the test run series and compare this average Yqa
with the dry gas meter calibration factor Y. The average
Yqa must be within 5 percent of Y.
16.3.2.2 If the average Yqa does not meet the 5
percent criterion, recalibrate the meter over the full range of
orifice settings as detailed in Section 10.3.1. Then follow the
procedure in Section 10.3.3.
17.0 * * *
13. Shigehara, Roger T., P.G. Royals, and E.W. Steward.
``Alternative Method 5 Post-Test Calibration.'' Entropy
Incorporated, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709.
* * * * *
Method 5A--Determination of Particulate Matter Emissions From the
Asphalt Processing and Asphalt Roofing Industry
* * * * *
8.1 Pretest Preparation. Unless otherwise specified, maintain
and calibrate all components according to the procedure described in
APTD-0576, ``Maintenance, Calibration, and Operation of Isokinetic
Source-Sampling Equipment'' (Reference 3 in Method 5, Section 17.0).
Alternative mercury-free thermometers may be used if the
thermometers are, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance
or suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement
application.
* * * * *
[[Page 11263]]
Method 5E--Determination of Particulate Matter Emissions From the Wool
Fiberglass Insulation Manufacturing Industry
* * * * *
16.0 Alternative Procedures
16.1 Total Organic Carbon Analyzer. Tekmar-Dohrmann analyzers
using the single injection technique may be used as an alternative
to Rosemount Model 2100A analyzers.
* * * * *
Method 5H--Determination of Particulate Matter Emissions From Wood
Heaters From a Stack Location
* * * * *
12.1 Nomenclature.
A = Sample flow rate adjustment factor.
BR = Dry wood burn rate, kg/hr (lb/hr), from Method 28, Section 8.3.
Bws = Water vapor in the gas stream, proportion by
volume.
Ci = Tracer gas concentration at inlet, ppmv.
Co = Tracer gas concentration at outlet, ppmv.
Cs = Concentration of particulate matter in stack gas,
dry basis, corrected to standard conditions, g/dscm (g/dscf).
E = Particulate emission rate, g/hr (lb/hr).
[Delta]H = Average pressure differential across the orifice meter
(see Figure 5H-1), mm H2O (in. H2O).
La = Maximum acceptable leakage rate for either a post-
test leak-check or for a leak-check following a component change;
equal to 0.00057 cmm (0.020 cfm) or 4 percent of the average
sampling rate, whichever is less.
L1 = Individual leakage rate observed during the leak-
check conducted before a component change, cmm (cfm).
Lp = Leakage rate observed during the post-test leak-
check, cmm (cfm).
mn = Total amount of particulate matter collected, mg.
Ma = Mass of residue of solvent after evaporation, mg.
NC = Grams of carbon/gram of dry fuel (lb/lb), equal to
0.0425.
NT = Total dry moles of exhaust gas/kg of dry wood
burned, g-moles/kg (lb-moles/lb).
PR = Percent of proportional sampling rate.
Pbar = Barometric pressure at the sampling site, mm Hg
(in.Hg).
Pstd = Standard absolute pressure, 760 mm Hg (29.92
in.Hg).
Qi = Gas volumetric flow rate at inlet, cfm (l/min).
Qo = Gas volumetric flow rate at outlet, cfm (l/min).
* * * * *
12.15 Alternative Tracer Gas Flow Rate Determination.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.014
Note: This gives Q for a single instance only. Repeated multiple
determinations are needed to track temporal variations. Very small
variations in Qi, Ci, or Co may
give very large variations in Qo.
* * * * *
16.0 Alternative Procedures
16.1 Alternative Stack Gas Volumetric Flow Rate Determination
(Tracer Gas).
16.1.1 Apparatus.
16.1.1.1 Tracer Gas Injector System. This is to inject a known
concentration of tracer gas into the stack. This system consists of
a cylinder of tracer gas, a gas cylinder regulator, a stainless
steel needle valve or a flow controller, a nonreactive (stainless
steel or glass) rotameter, and an injection loop to disperse the
tracer gas evenly in the stack.
16.1.1.2 Tracer Gas Probe. A glass or stainless steel sampling
probe.
16.1.1.3 Gas Conditioning System. A gas conditioning system is
suitable for delivering a cleaned sample to the analyzer consisting
of a filter to remove particulate and a condenser capable of
lowering the dew point of the sample gas to less than 5 [deg]C
(40[emsp14][deg]F). A desiccant such as anhydrous calcium sulfate
may be used to dry the sample gas. Desiccants which react or absorb
tracer gas or stack gas may not be used, e.g. silica gel absorbs
CO2.
16.1.1.4. Pump. An inert (i.e., stainless steel or Teflon head)
pump to deliver more than the total sample required by the
manufacturer's specifications for the analyzer used to measure the
downstream tracer gas concentration.
16.1.1.5 Gas Analyzer. A gas analyzer is any analyzer capable of
measuring the tracer gas concentration in the range necessary at
least every 10 minutes. A means of controlling the analyzer flow
rate and a device for determining proper sample flow rate shall be
provided unless data is provided to show that the analyzer is
insensitive to flow variations over the range encountered during the
test. The gas analyzer needs to meet or exceed the following
performance specifications:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Linearity....................... 1 percent of full scale.
Calibration Error............... <=2 percent of span.
Response Time................... <=10 seconds.
Zero Drift (24 hour)............ <=2 percent of full scale.
Span Drift (24 hour)............ <=2 percent of full scale.
Resolution...................... <=0.5 percent of span.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
16.1.1.6 Recorder (optional). To provide a permanent record of
the analyzer output.
16.1.2 Reagents.
16.1.2.1 Tracer Gas. The tracer gas is sulfur hexafluoride in an
appropriate concentration for accurate analyzer measurement or pure
sulfur dioxide. The gas used must be nonreactive with the stack
effluent and give minimal (<3 percent) interference to measurement
by the gas analyzer.
16.1.3 Procedure. Select upstream and downstream locations in
the stack or duct for introducing the tracer gas and delivering the
sampled gas to the analyzer. The inlet location should be 8 or more
duct diameters beyond any upstream flow disturbance. The outlet
should be 8 or more undisturbed duct diameters from the inlet and 2
or more duct diameters from the duct exit. After installing the
apparatus, meter a known concentration of the tracer gas into the
stack at the inlet location. Use the gas sample probe and analyzer
to show that no stratification of the tracer gas is found in the
stack at the measurement locations. Monitor the tracer gas
concentration from the outlet location and record the concentration
at 10-minute intervals or more often at the option of the tester. A
minimum of three measured intervals is recommended to determine the
stack gas volumetric flow rate. Other statistical procedures may be
applied for complete flow characterization and additional QA/QC.
* * * * *
0
25. Amend appendix A-4 to part 60 as follows:
0
a. By revising Method 6, sections 10.2 and 10.4.
0
b. By revising Method 6C, sections 4.0 and 8.3.
0
c. By revising Method 7, sections 4.0, 10.2, and 10.3.
0
d. By revising Method 7A, sections 4.0 and 10.4.
0
e. By revising Method 7E, sections 6.1, 7.1.1, the introductory text in
section 8.2.5, the introductory text in section 8.2.7, and the
introductory text in section 16.2.2.
0
f. By revising Method 8, the definition for Vsoln in section
12.1, and Figure 8-1 in section 17.0.
0
g. By revising Method 10, sections 6.2.5 and 8.4.2.
0
h. By revising Method 10A, sections 2.0, 8.2.1, 8.2.3, 11.1, 11.2, the
introductory text in section 12.3, and 13.5.
0
i. By revising Method 10B, section 2.1, 6.2.3, the introductory text in
section 12.2.
Appendix A-4 to Part 60--Test Methods 6 Through 10B
* * * * *
Method 6--Determination of Sulfur Dioxide Emissions From Stationary
Sources
* * * * *
10.2 Temperature Sensors. Calibrate against mercury-in-glass
thermometers. An alternative mercury-free thermometer may be used if
the thermometer is, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance
or suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement
application.
* * * * *
10.4 Barometer. Calibrate against a mercury barometer or NIST-
traceable barometer prior to the field test.
* * * * *
Method 6C--Determination of Sulfur Dioxide Emissions From Stationary
Sources (Instrumental Analyzer Procedure)
* * * * *
4.0 Interferences
Refer to Section 4.0 of Method 7E.
* * * * *
8.3 Interference Check. You must follow the procedures of
Section 8.2.7 of Method 7E
[[Page 11264]]
to conduct an interference check, substituting SO2 for
NOX as the method pollutant. For dilution-type
measurement systems, you must use the alternative interference check
procedure in Section 16 and a co-located, unmodified Method 6
sampling train. Quenching in fluorescence analyzers must be
evaluated and remedied unless a dilution system and ambient-level
analyzer is used. This may be done by preparing the calibration gas
to contain within 1 percent of the absolute oxygen and carbon
dioxide content of the measured gas, preparing the calibration gas
in air and using vendor nomographs, or by other acceptable means.
* * * * *
Method 7--Determination of Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From Stationary
Sources
* * * * *
4.0 Interferences
Biased results have been observed when sampling under conditions
of high sulfur dioxide concentrations. At or above 2100 ppm
SO2, use five times the H2O2
concentration of the Method 7 absorbing solution. Laboratory tests
have shown that high concentrations of SO2 (about 2100
ppm) cause low results in Method 7 and 7A. Increasing the
H2O2 concentration to five times the original
concentration eliminates this bias. However, when no SO2
is present, increasing the concentration by five times results in a
low bias.
* * * * *
10.2 Barometer. Calibrate against a mercury barometer or NIST-
traceable barometer prior to the field test.
10.3 Temperature Gauge. Calibrate dial thermometers against
mercury-in-glass thermometers. An alternative mercury-free
thermometer may be used if the thermometer is, at a minimum,
equivalent in terms of performance or suitably effective for the
specific temperature measurement application.
* * * * *
Method 7A--Determination of Nitrogen Oxide Emissions From Stationary
Sources (Ion Chromatographic Method)
* * * * *
4.0 Interferences
Biased results have been observed when sampling under conditions
of high sulfur dioxide concentrations. At or above 2100 ppm
SO2, use five times the H2O2
concentration of the Method 7 absorbing solution. Laboratory tests
have shown that high concentrations of SO2 (about 2100
ppm) cause low results in Method 7 and 7A. Increasing the
H2O2 concentration to five times the original
concentration eliminates this bias. However, when no SO2
is present, increasing the concentration by five times results in a
low bias.
* * * * *
10.4 Temperature Gauge. Calibrate dial thermometers against
mercury-in-glass thermometers. An alternative mercury-free
thermometer may be used if the thermometer is, at a minimum,
equivalent in terms of performance or suitably effective for the
specific temperature measurement application.
* * * * *
Method 7E--Determination of Nitrogen Oxides Emissions From Stationary
Sources (Instrumental Analyzer Procedure)
* * * * *
6.1 What do I need for the measurement system? You may use any
equipment and supplies meeting the following specifications:
(1) Sampling system components that are not evaluated in the
system bias or system calibration error test must be glass, Teflon,
or stainless steel. Other materials are potentially acceptable,
subject to approval by the Administrator.
(2) The interference, calibration error, and system bias
criteria must be met.
(3) Sample flow rate must be maintained within 10 percent of the
flow rate at which the system response time was measured.
(4) All system components (excluding sample conditioning
components, if used) must maintain the sample temperature above the
moisture dew point. Ensure minimal contact between any condensate
and the sample gas. Section 6.2 provides example equipment
specifications for a NOX measurement system. Figure 7E-1
is a diagram of an example dry-basis measurement system that is
likely to meet the method requirements and is provided as guidance.
For wet-basis systems, you may use alternative equipment and
supplies as needed (some of which are described in Section 6.2),
provided that the measurement system meets the applicable
performance specifications of this method.
* * * * *
7.1.1 High-Level Gas. This concentration is chosen to set the
calibration span as defined in Section 3.4.
* * * * *
8.2.5 Initial System Bias and System Calibration Error Checks.
Before sampling begins, determine whether the high-level or mid-
level calibration gas best approximates the emissions and use it as
the upscale gas. Introduce the upscale gas at the probe upstream of
all sample conditioning components in system calibration mode.
Record the time it takes for the measured concentration to increase
to a value that is at least 95 percent or within 0.5 ppm (whichever
is less restrictive) of a stable response for both the low-level and
upscale gases. Continue to observe the gas concentration reading
until it has reached a final, stable value. Record this value on a
form similar to Table 7E-2.
* * * * *
8.2.7 Interference Check. Conduct an interference response test
of the gas analyzer prior to its initial use in the field. If you
have multiple analyzers of the same make and model, you need only
perform this alternative interference check on one analyzer. You may
also meet the interference check requirement if the instrument
manufacturer performs this or a similar check on an analyzer of the
same make and model of analyzer that you use and provides you with
documented results. Analytical quenching must be evaluated and
remedied unless a dilution system and ambient-level analyzer are
used. The analyzer must be checked for quenching at concentrations
of approximately 4 and 12 percent CO2 at a mid-range
concentration for each analyzer range which is commonly used. The
analyzer must be rechecked after it has been repaired or modified or
on another periodic basis. * * *
* * * * *
16.2.2 Bag Procedure. Perform the analyzer calibration error
test to document the calibration (both NO and NOX modes,
as applicable). Fill a Tedlar or equivalent bag approximately half
full with either ambient air, pure oxygen, or an oxygen standard gas
with at least 19.5 percent by volume oxygen content. Fill the
remainder of the bag with mid- to high-level NO in N2 (or
other appropriate concentration) calibration gas. (Note that the
concentration of the NO standard should be sufficiently high enough
for the diluted concentration to be easily and accurately measured
on the scale used. The size of the bag should be large enough to
accommodate the procedure and time required. Verify through the
manufacturer that the Tedlar alternative is suitable for NO and make
this verifed information available for inspection.)
* * * * *
Method 8--Determination of Sulfuric Acid Mist and Sulfur Dioxide
Emissions From Stationary Sources
* * * * *
12.1 * * *
Vsoln = Total volume of solution in which the sample is
contained, 1000 ml for the SO2 sample and 250 ml for the
H2SO4 sample.
* * * * *
[[Page 11265]]
17.0 Tables, Diagrams, Flowcharts, and Validation Data
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.015
* * * * *
Method 10--Determination of Carbon Monoxide Emissions From Stationary
Sources
* * * * *
6.2.5 Flexible Bag. Tedlar, or equivalent, with a capacity of 60
to 90 liters (2 to 3 ft\3\). (Verify through the manufacturer that
the Tedlar alternative is suitable for CO and make this verified
information available for inspection.) Leak-test the bag in the
laboratory before using by evacuating with a pump followed by a dry
gas meter. When the evacuation is complete, there should be no flow
through the meter. Gas tanks may be used in place of bags if the
samples are analyzed within one week.
* * * * *
8.4.2 Integrated Sampling. Evacuate the flexible bag. Set up the
equipment as shown in Figure 10-1 with the bag disconnected. Place
the probe in the stack and purge the sampling line. Connect the bag,
making sure that all connections are leak-free. Sample at a rate
proportional to the stack velocity. If needed, the CO2
content of the gas may be determined by using the Method 3
integrated sample procedures, or by weighing an ascarite
CO2 removal tube used and computing CO2
concentration from the gas volume sampled and the weight gain of the
tube. Data may be recorded on a form similar to Table 10-1. If a
tank is used for sample collection, follow procedures similar to
those in Sections 8.1.2, 8.2.3, 8.3, and 12.4 of Method 25 as
appropriate to prepare the tank, conduct the sampling, and correct
the measured sample concentration.
* * * * *
Method 10A--Determination of Carbon Monoxide Emissions in Certifying
Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems at Petroleum Refineries
* * * * *
2.0 Summary of Method
An integrated gas sample is extracted from the stack, passed
through an alkaline permanganate solution to remove sulfur oxides
and nitrogen oxides, and collected in a Tedlar or equivalent bag.
(Verify through the manufacturer that the Tedlar alternative is
suitable for NO and make this verified information available for
inspection.) The CO concentration in the sample is measured
spectrophotometrically using the reaction of CO with p-
sulfaminobenzoic acid.
* * * * *
8.2.1 Evacuate the bag completely using a vacuum pump. Assemble
the apparatus as shown in Figure 10A-1. Loosely pack glass wool in
the tip of the probe. Place 400 ml of alkaline permanganate solution
in the first two impingers and 250 ml in the third. Connect the pump
to the third impinger, and follow this with the surge tank, rate
meter,
[[Page 11266]]
and 3-way valve. Do not connect the bag to the system at this time.
* * * * *
8.2.3 Purge the system with sample gas by inserting the probe
into the stack and drawing the sample gas through the system at 300
ml/min 10 percent for 5 minutes. Connect the evacuated
bag to the system, record the starting time, and sample at a rate of
300 ml/min for 30 minutes, or until the bag is nearly full. Record
the sampling time, the barometric pressure, and the ambient
temperature. Purge the system as described above immediately before
each sample.
* * * * *
11.1 Assemble the system shown in Figure 10A-3, and record the
information required in Table 10A-1 as it is obtained. Pipet 10.0 ml
of the colorimetric reagent into each gas reaction bulb, and attach
the bulbs to the system. Open the stopcocks to the reaction bulbs,
but leave the valve to the bag closed. Turn on the pump, fully open
the coarse-adjust flow valve, and slowly open the fine-adjust valve
until the pressure is reduced to at least 40 mm Hg. Now close the
coarse adjust valve, and observe the manometer to be certain that
the system is leak-free. Wait a minimum of 2 minutes. If the
pressure has increased less than 1 mm Hg, proceed as described
below. If a leak is present, find and correct it before proceeding
further.
11.2 Record the vacuum pressure (Pv) to the nearest 1
mm Hg, and close the reaction bulb stopcocks. Open the bag valve,
and allow the system to come to atmospheric pressure. Close the bag
valve, open the pump coarse adjust valve, and evacuate the system
again. Repeat this fill/evacuation procedure at least twice to flush
the manifold completely. Close the pump coarse adjust valve, open
the bag valve, and let the system fill to atmospheric pressure. Open
the stopcocks to the reaction bulbs, and let the entire system come
to atmospheric pressure. Close the bulb stopcocks, remove the bulbs,
record the room temperature and barometric pressure
(Pbar, to nearest mm Hg), and place the bulbs on the
shaker table with their main axis either parallel to or
perpendicular to the plane of the table top. Purge the bulb-filling
system with ambient air for several minutes between samples. Shake
the samples for exactly 2 hours.
* * * * *
12.3 CO Concentration in the Bag. Calculate Cb using
Equations 10A-2 and 10A-3. If condensate is visible in the bag,
calculate Bw using Table 10A-2 and the temperature and
barometric pressure in the analysis room. If condensate is not
visible, calculate Bw using the temperature and
barometric pressure at the sampling site. * * *
* * * * *
13.5 Stability. The individual components of the colorimetric
reagent are stable for at least one month. The colorimetric reagent
must be used within two days after preparation to avoid excessive
blank correction. The samples in the bag should be stable for at
least one week if the bags are leak-free.
* * * * *
Method 10B--Determination of Carbon Monoxide Emissions From Stationary
Sources
* * * * *
2.1 An integrated gas sample is extracted from the sampling
point, passed through a conditioning system to remove interferences,
and collected in a Tedlar or equivalent bag. (Verify through the
manufacturer that the Tedlar alternative is suitable for NO and make
this verifying information available for inspection.) The CO is
separated from the sample by gas chromatography (GC) and
catalytically reduced to methane (CH4) which is
determined by flame ionization detection (FID). The analytical
portion of this method is identical to applicable sections in Method
25 detailing CO measurement.
* * * * *
6.2.3 Sample Injection System. Same as in Method 25, Section
6.3.1.4, equipped to accept a sample line from the bag.
* * * * *
12.2 CO Concentration in the Bag. Calculate Cb using
Equations 10B-1 and 10B-2. If condensate is visible in the bag,
calculate Bw using Table 10A-2 of Method 10A and the
temperature and barometric pressure in the analysis room. If
condensate is not visible, calculate Bw using the
temperature and barometric pressure at the sampling site.
* * * * *
0
26. Amend appendix A-5 to part 60 as follows:
0
a. By revising Method 11, sections 8.5 and 10.1.2.
0
b. Amend Method 12 as follows:
0
i. By revising section 16.1.
0
ii. By adding sections 16.4, 16.5, and 16.6.
0
c. By adding a sentence to the end of Method 14A, section 10.1.1.
Appendix A-5 to Part 60--Test Methods 11 Through 15A
* * * * *
Method 11--Determination of Hydrogen Sulfide Content of Fuel Gas
Streams in Petroleum Refineries
* * * * *
8.5 Sample for at least 10 minutes. At the end of the sampling
time, close the sampling valve, and record the final volume and
temperature readings. Conduct a leak-check as described in Section
8.2. A yellow color in the final cadmium sulfate impinger indicates
depletion of the absorbing solution. An additional cadmium sulfate
impinger should be added for subsequent samples and the sample with
yellow color in the final impinger should be voided.
* * * * *
10.1.2 Temperature Sensors. Calibrate against mercury-in-glass
thermometers. An alternative mercury-free thermometer may be used if
the thermometer is at a minimum equivalent in terms of performance
or suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement
application.
* * * * *
Method 12--Determination of Inorganic Lead Emissions From Stationary
Sources
* * * * *
16.1 Simultaneous Determination of Particulate Matter and Lead
Emissions. Method 12 may be used to simultaneously determine Pb
provided:
(1) Acetone is used to remove particulate from the probe and
inside of the filter holder as specified by Method 5,
(2) 0.1 N HNO3 is used in the impingers,
(3) A glass fiber filter with a low Pb background is used, and
(4) The entire train contents, including the impingers, are
treated and analyzed for Pb as described in Sections 8.0 and 11.0 of
this method.
* * * * *
16.4 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry
(ICP-AES) Analysis. ICP-AES may be used as an alternative to atomic
absorption analysis provided the following conditions are met:
16.4.1 Sample collection, sample preparation, and analytical
preparation procedures are as defined in the method except as
necessary for the ICP-AES application.
16.4.2 The limit of quantitation for the ICP-AES must be
demonstrated, and the sample concentrations reported should be no
less than two times the limit of quantitation. The limit of
quantitation is defined as ten times the standard deviation of the
blank value. The standard deviation of the blank value is determined
from the analysis of seven blanks. It has been reported that for
mercury and those elements that form hydrides, a continuous-flow
generator coupled to an ICP-AES offers detection limits comparable
to cold vapor atomic absorption.
16.5 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry (ICP-MS)
Analysis. ICP-MS may be used as an alternative to atomic absorption
analysis.
16.6 Cold Vapor Atomic Fluorescence Spectrometry (CVAFS)
Analysis. CVAFS may be used as an alternative to atomic absorption
analysis.
* * * * *
Method 14A--Determination of Total Fluoride Emissions From Selected
Sources at Primary Aluminum Production Facilities
* * * * *
10.1.1 * * * Allowable tolerances for Y and [Delta]H@ are given
in Figure 5-5 of Method 5 of this appendix.
* * * * *
0
27. Amend appendix A-6 to part 60 as follows:
0
a. By revising Method 16A, section 1.2.
0
b. By revising Method 16C, sections 12.1 and 12.5.
0
c. By revising Method 18, sections 8.2.1.1.2, 8.2.1.4, 8.2.1.4.2,
16.1.1.12, 16.1.3.2, and the headings of figures 18-3 and 18-10.
0
d. By redesignating section 8.2.1.5.2.3 as section 8.2.1.5.2.2.
0
e. By adding a new section 8.2.1.5.2.3.
[[Page 11267]]
Appendix A-6 to Part 60--Test Methods 16 Through 18
* * * * *
Method 16A--Determination of Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From
Stationary Sources (Impinger Technique)
* * * * *
1.2 Applicability. This method is applicable for the
determination of TRS emissions from recovery boilers, lime kilns,
and smelt dissolving tanks at kraft pulp mills, reduced sulfur
compounds (H2S, carbonyl sulfide, and carbon disulfide)
from sulfur recovery units at onshore natural gas processing
facilities, and from other sources when specified in an applicable
subpart of the regulations. The flue gas must contain at least 1
percent oxygen for complete oxidation of all TRS to SO2.
Note: If sources other than kraft pulp mills experience low oxygen
levels in the emissions, the method results may be biased low.
* * * * *
Method 16C--Determination of Total Reduced Sulfur Emissions From
Stationary Sources
* * * * *
12.1 Nomenclature.
ACE = Analyzer calibration error, percent of calibration span.
CD = Calibration drift, percent.
CDir = Measured concentration of a calibration gas (low,
mid, or high) when introduced in direct calibration mode, ppmv.
CH2S = Concentration of the system performance check gas,
ppmv H2S.
CS = Measured concentration of the system performance gas
when introduced in system calibration mode, ppmv H2S.
CV = Manufacturer certified concentration of a
calibration gas (low, mid, or high), ppmv SO2.
CSO2 = Unadjusted sample SO2 concentration,
ppmv.
CTRS = Total reduced sulfur concentration corrected for
system performance, ppmv.
DF = Dilution system (if used) dilution factor, dimensionless.
SP = System performance, percent.
* * * * *
12.5 TRS Concentration as SO2. For each sample or
test run, calculate the arithmetic average of SO2
concentration values (e.g., 1-minute averages). Then calculate the
sample TRS concentration by adjusting the average value of
CSO2 for system performance using Equation 16C-4.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.016
* * * * *
Method 18--Measurement of Gaseous Organic Compound Emissions by Gas
Chromatography
* * * * *
8.2.1.1.2 Sampling Procedure. To obtain a sample, assemble the
sample train as shown in Figure 18-9. Leak-check both the bag and
the container. Connect the vacuum line from the needle valve to the
Teflon sample line from the probe. Place the end of the probe at the
centroid of the stack or at a point no closer to the walls than 1
in., and start the pump. Set the flow rate so that the final volume
of the sample is approximately 80 percent of the bag capacity. After
allowing sufficient time to purge the line several times, connect
the vacuum line to the bag, and evacuate until the rotameter
indicates no flow. Then position the sample and vacuum lines for
sampling, and begin the actual sampling, keeping the rate
proportional to the stack velocity. As a precaution, direct the gas
exiting the rotameter away from sampling personnel. At the end of
the sample period, shut off the pump, disconnect the sample line
from the bag, and disconnect the vacuum line from the bag container.
Record the source temperature, barometric pressure, ambient
temperature, sampling flow rate, and initial and final sampling time
on the data sheet shown in Figure 18-10. Protect the bag and its
container from sunlight. Record the time lapsed between sample
collection and analysis, and then conduct the recovery procedure in
Section 8.4.2.
* * * * *
8.2.1.4 Other Modified Bag Sampling Procedures. In the event
that condensation is observed in the bag while collecting the sample
and a direct interface system cannot be used, heat the bag during
collection and maintain it at a suitably elevated temperature during
all subsequent operations. (Note: Take care to leak-check the system
prior to the dilutions so as not to create a potentially explosive
atmosphere.) As an alternative, collect the sample gas, and
simultaneously dilute it in the bag.
* * * * *
8.2.1.4.2 Second Alternative Procedure. Prefill the bag with a
known quantity of inert gas. Meter the inert gas into the bag
according to the procedure for the preparation of gas concentration
standards of volatile liquid materials (Section 10.1.2.2), but
eliminate the midget impinger section. Take the partly filled bag to
the source, and meter the source gas into the bag through heated
sampling lines and a heated flowmeter, or Teflon positive
displacement pump. Verify the dilution factors before sampling each
bag through dilution and analysis of gases of known concentration.
* * * * *
8.2.1.5.2.3 Analyze the two field audit samples as described in
Section 9.2 by connecting each bag containing an audit gas mixture
to the sampling valve. Calculate the results; record and report the
data to the audit supervisor.
* * * * *
16.1.1.12 Flexible Bags. Tedlar or equivalent, 10- and 50-liter
capacity, for preparation of standards. (Verify through the
manufacturer that the Tedlar alternative is suitable for the
compound of interest and make this verifying information available
for inspection.)
* * * * *
16.1.3.2 Flexible Bag Procedure. Any leak-free plastic (e.g.,
Tedlar, Mylar, Teflon) or plastic-coated aluminum (e.g., aluminized
Mylar) bag, or equivalent, can be used to obtain the pre-survey
sample. Use new bags, and leak-check them before field use. In
addition, check the bag before use for contamination by filling it
with nitrogen or air and analyzing the gas by GC at high
sensitivity. Experience indicates that it is desirable to allow the
inert gas to remain in the bag about 24 hours or longer to check for
desorption of organics from the bag. Follow the leak-check and
sample collection procedures given in Section 8.2.1.
* * * * *
18.0 * * *
Figure 18-3. Preparation of Standards in Tedlar or Tedlar-Equlivalent
Bags and Calibration Curve
* * * * *
Figure 18-10. Field Sample Data Sheet--Tedlar or Tedlar-Equivalent Bag
Collection Method
* * * * *
0
28. Amend appendix A-7 to part 60 as follows:
0
a. By amending Method 23 as follows:
0
i. By revising sections 2.2.7, 4.1.1.3, and 4.2.7.
0
ii. By adding and reserving section 8.0.
0
b. By revising Method 24, section 11.2.2.
0
c. By revising Method 25, section 7.1.3.
0
d. Amend Method 25C as follows:
0
i. By revising sections 6.1 and 12.1.
0
ii. By adding a new section 8.2.3.
0
e. By revising Method 25D, the first sentence in section 9.1.
Appendix A-7 to Part 60--Test Methods 19 Through 25E
* * * * *
Method 23--Determination of Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-Dioxins and
Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans From Stationary Sources
* * * * *
2.2.7 Storage Container. Air-tight container to store silica
gel.
* * * * *
4.1.1.3 Sample Train. It is suggested that all components be
maintained according to the procedure described in APTD-0576.
Alternative mercury-free thermometers may be used if the
thermometers are, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance
or suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement
application.
* * * * *
4.2.7 Silica Gel. Note the color of the indicating silica gel to
determine if it has been completely spent and make a mention of its
condition. Transfer the silica gel from the fifth impinger to its
original container and seal. If a moisture determination is made,
follow the applicable procedures in sections 8.7.6.3 and 11.2.3 of
Method 5 to handle and weigh the silica gel. If moisture is not
measured, the silica gel may be disposed.
* * * * *
[[Page 11268]]
8.0 [Reserved]
* * * * *
Method 24--Determination of Volatile Matter Content, Water Content,
Density, Volume Solids, and Weight Solids of Surface Coatings
* * * * *
11.2.2 Volatile Content. To determine total volatile content,
use the apparatus and reagents described in ASTM D2369 (incorporated
by reference; see Sec. 60.17 for the approved versions of the
standard), respectively, and use the following procedures:
* * * * *
Method 25--Determination of Total Gaseous Nonmethane Organic Emissions
as Carbon
* * * * *
7.1.3 Filters. Glass fiber filters, without organic binder,
exhibiting at least 99.95 percent efficiency (<0.05 percent
penetration) on 0.3 micron dioctyl phthalate smoke particles. The
filter efficiency test shall be conducted in accordance with ASTM
Method D2986-71, 78, or 95a (incorporated by reference--see Sec.
60.17). Test data from the supplier's quality control program are
sufficient for this purpose.
* * * * *
Method 25C--Determination of Nonmethane Organic Compounds (NMOC) in MSW
Landfill Gases
* * * * *
6.1 Sample Probe. Stainless steel, with the bottom third
perforated. Teflon probe liners and sampling lines are also allowed.
Non-perforated probes are allowed as long as they are withdrawn to
create a gap equivalent to having the bottom third perforated. The
sample probe must be capped at the bottom and must have a threaded
cap with a sampling attachment at the top. The sample probe must be
long enough to go through and extend no less than 0.9 m (3 ft) below
the landfill cover. If the sample probe is to be driven into the
landfill, the bottom cap should be designed to facilitate driving
the probe into the landfill.
* * * * *
8.2.3 Driven Probes. Closed-point probes may be driven directly
into the landfill in a single step. This method may not require
backfilling if the probe is adequately sealed by its insertion.
Unperforated probes that are inserted in this manner and withdrawn
at a distance from a detachable tip to create an open space are also
acceptable.
* * * * *
12.1 Nomenclature.
Bw = Moisture content in the sample, fraction.
CN2 = Reported N2 concentration
(CN2Corr by Method 3C), fraction.
Ct = Calculated NMOC concentration, ppmv C equivalent.
Ctm = Measured NMOC concentration, ppmv C equivalent.
Pb = Barometric pressure, mm Hg.
Pt = Gas sample tank pressure after sampling, but before
pressurizing, mm Hg absolute.
Ptf = Final gas sample tank pressure after pressurizing,
mm Hg absolute.
Pti = Gas sample tank pressure after evacuation, mm Hg
absolute.
Pw = Vapor pressure of H2O (from Table 25C-1),
mm Hg.
r = Total number of analyzer injections of sample tank during
analysis (where j=injection number, 1 . . . r).
Tt = Sample tank temperature at completion of sampling,
[deg]K.
Tti = Sample tank temperature before sampling, [deg]K.
Ttf = Sample tank temperature after pressurizing, [deg]K.
* * * * *
Method 25D--Determination of the Volatile Organic Concentration of
Waste Samples
* * * * *
9.1 Quality Control Samples. If audit samples are not available,
prepare and analyze the two types of quality control samples (QCS)
listed in Sections 9.1.1 and 9.1.2. * * *
* * * * *
0
29. Amend appendix A-8 to part 60 as follows:
0
a. By amending Method 26 as follows:
0
i. By revising sections 6.1.1, 6.1.5, and 8.1.2.
0
ii. By redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as sections 17.0 and 18.0,
respectively.
0
iii. By adding a new section 16.0.
0
b. By revising Method 26A, sections 6.1.7, 8.1.5, and 8.1.6.
0
c. By amending Method 29 as follows:
0
i. By redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as sections 17.0 and 18.0,
respectively.
0
ii. By adding a new section 16.0.
0
d. By revising Method 30B, the introductory text to section 8.2.2.1,
the note to section 8.2.4, the note to section 8.2.6.2, and sections
9.0, 10.3, 10.4, 11.3.
Appendix A-8 to Part 60--Text Methods 26 Through 30B
* * * * *
Method 26--Determination of Hydrogen Halide and Halogen Emissions From
Stationary Sources Non-Isokinetic Method
* * * * *
6.1.1 Probe. Borosilicate glass, approximately 3/8-in. (9-mm)
I.D. with a heating system capable of maintaining a probe gas
temperature during sampling between 120 and 134 [deg]C (248 and
273[emsp14] [deg]F) to prevent moisture condensation; or Teflon
where stack probes are below 210 [deg]C. If HF is a target analyte,
then preconditioning of new teflon components by heating should be
considered to prevent potential HF outgassing. A Teflon-glass filter
in a mat configuration should be installed to remove particulate
matter from the gas stream.
* * * * *
6.1.5 Heating System. Any heating system capable of maintaining
a temperature around the probe and filter holder between 120 and 134
[deg]C (248 and 273[emsp14] [deg]F) during sampling, or such other
temperature as specified by an applicable subpart of the standards
or approved by the Administrator for a particular application.
* * * * *
8.1.2 Adjust the probe temperature and the temperature of the
filter and the stopcock (i.e., the heated area in Figure 26-1) to a
temperature sufficient to prevent water condensation. This
temperature must be maintained between 120 and 134 [deg]C (248 and
273 [deg]F). The temperature should be monitored throughout a
sampling run to ensure that the desired temperature is maintained.
It is important to maintain a temperature around the probe and
filter in this range since it is extremely difficult to purge acid
gases off these components. (These components are not quantitatively
recovered and, hence, any collection of acid gases on these
components would result in potential undereporting of these
emissions. The applicable subparts may specify alternative higher
temperatures.)
* * * * *
16.0 Alternative Procedures
Method 26A. Method 26A, which uses isokinetic sampling
equipment, is an acceptable alternative to Method 26.
* * * * *
Method 26A--Determination of Hydrogen Halide and Halogen Emissions From
Stationary Sources--Isokinetic Method
* * * * *
6.1.7 Heating System. Any heating system capable of maintaining
a temperature around the probe and filter holder between 120 and 134
[deg]C (248 to 273[emsp14] [deg]F) during sampling, or such other
temperature as specified by an applicable subpart of the standards
or approved by the Administrator for a particular application.
* * * * *
8.1.5 Sampling Train Operation. Follow the general procedure
given in Method 5, Section 8.5. It is important to maintain a
temperature around the probe, filter (and cyclone, if used) between
120 and 134 [deg]C (248 and 273 [deg]F) since it is extremely
difficult to purge acid gases off these components. (These
components are not quantitatively recovered and hence any collection
of acid gases on these components would result in potential
undereporting these emissions. The applicable subparts may specify
alternative higher temperatures.) For each run, record the data
required on a data sheet such as the one shown in Method 5, Figure
5-3. If the condensate impinger becomes too full, it may be emptied,
recharged with 50 ml of 0.1 N H2SO4, and replaced during the sample
run. The condensate emptied must be saved and included in the
measurement of the volume of moisture collected and included in the
sample for analysis. The additional 50 ml of absorbing reagent must
also be considered in calculating the moisture. Before the sampling
train integrity is compromised by removing the impinger, conduct a
leak-check as described in Method 5, Section 8.4.2.
8.1.6 Post-Test Moisture Removal (Optional). When the optional
cyclone is included in the sampling train or when
[[Page 11269]]
liquid is visible on the filter at the end of a sample run even in
the absence of a cyclone, perform the following procedure. Upon
completion of the test run, connect the ambient air conditioning
tube at the probe inlet and operate the train with the filter
heating system between 120 and 134 [deg]C (248 and 275 [deg]F) at a
low flow rate (e.g., [Delta]H = 1 in. H2O) to vaporize
any liquid and hydrogen halides in the cyclone or on the filter and
pull them through the train into the impingers. After 30 minutes,
turn off the flow, remove the conditioning tube, and examine the
cyclone and filter for any visible liquid. If liquid is visible,
repeat this step for 15 minutes and observe again. Keep repeating
until the cyclone is dry.
* * * * *
Method 29--Determination of Metals Emissions From Stationary Sources
* * * * *
16.0 Alternative Procedures
16.1 Alternative Analyzer. Samples may also be analyzed by cold
vapor atomic fluorescence spectrometry.
16.2 [Reserved].
* * * * *
Method 30B--Determination of Total Vapor Phase Mercury Emissions From
Coal-Fired Combustion Sources Using Carbon Sorbent Traps
* * * * *
8.2.2.1 Determination of Minimum Calibration Concentration or
Mass. Based on your instrument's sensitivity and linearity,
determine the calibration concentrations or masses that make up a
representative low level calibration range. Verify that you are able
to meet the multipoint calibration performance criteria in section
11.0 of this method. Select a calibration concentration or mass that
is no less than 2 times the lowest concentration or mass in your
calibration curve. The lowest point in your calibration curve must
be at least 5, and preferably 10, times the Method Detection Limit
(MDL), which is the minimum amount of the analyte that can be
detected and reported. The MDL must be determined at least once for
the analytical system using an MDL study such as that found in
section 15.0 to Method 301 of appendix A to part 63 of this chapter.
* * * * *
8.2.4 * * *
Note to Section 8.2.4: For the purposes of relative accuracy
testing of Hg monitoring systems under subpart UUUUU of part 63 of
this chapter and Performance Specifications 12A and 12B in appendix
B to this part, when the stack gas Hg concentration is expected to
be very low (<0.5 [mu]g/dscm), you may estimate the Hg concentration
at 0.5 [mu]g/dscm.
* * * * *
8.2.6.2 * * *
Note to Section 8.2.6.2: It is acceptable to perform the field
recovery test concurrent with actual test runs (e.g., through the
use of a quad probe). It is also acceptable to use the field
recovery test runs as test runs for emissions testing or for the
RATA of a Hg monitoring system under subpart UUUUU of part 63 of
this chapter and Performance Specifications 12A and 12B in appendix
B to this part, if certain conditions are met. To determine whether
a particular field recovery test run may be used as a RATA run,
subtract the mass of the Hg\0\ spike from the total Hg mass
collected in sections 1 and 2 of the spiked trap. The difference
represents the mass of Hg in the stack gas sample. Divide this mass
by the sample volume to obtain the Hg concentration in the effluent
gas stream, as measured with the spiked trap. Compare this
concentration to the corresponding Hg concentration measured with
the unspiked trap. If the paired trains meet the relative deviation
and other applicable data validation criteria in Table 9-1, then the
average of the two Hg concentrations may be used as an emissions
test run value or as the reference method value for a RATA run.
* * * * *
9.0 Quality Assurance and Quality Control
Table 9-1 summarizes the QA/QC performance criteria that are
used to validate the Hg emissions data from Method 30B sorbent trap
measurement systems.
Table 9-1--Quality Assurance/Quality Control Criteria for Method 30B
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QA/QC test or specification Acceptance criteria Frequency Consequences if not met
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gas flow meter calibration (At 3 Calibration factor (Yi) Prior to initial use Recalibrate at 3 points
settings or points). at each flow rate must and when post-test until the acceptance
be within 2% of the 5% of Y.
average value (Y).
Gas flow meter post-test calibration Calibration factor (Yi) After each field test. Recalibrate gas flow
check (Single-point). must be within 5% of the Y must be done on-site, determine a new value
value from the most using stack gas. of Y. For mass flow
recent 3-point meters, must be done
calibration. on-site, using stack
gas. Apply the new Y
value to the field
test data.
Temperature sensor calibration....... Absolute temperature Prior to initial use Recalibrate; sensor may
measures by sensor and before each test not be used until
within 1.5% of a
reference sensor.
Barometer calibration................ Absolute pressure Prior to initial use Recalibrate; instrument
measured by instrument and before each test may not be used until
within 10 thereafter. specification is met.
mm Hg of reading with
a mercury barometer or
NIST traceable
barometer.
Pre-test leak check.................. <=4% of target sampling Prior to sampling...... Sampling shall not
rate. commence until the
leak check is passed.
Post-test leak check................. <=4% of average After sampling......... Sample invalidated.*
sampling rate.
Analytical matrix interference test Establish minimum Prior to analyzing any Field sample results
(wet chemical analysis, only). dilution (if any) field samples; repeat not validated.
needed to eliminate for each type of
sorbent matrix sorbent used.
interferences.
Analytical bias test................. Average recovery Prior to analyzing Field samples shall not
between 90% and 110% field samples and be analyzed until the
for Hg\0\ and HgCl2 at prior to use of new percent recovery
each of the 2 spike sorbent media. criteria has been met.
concentration levels.
Multipoint analyzer calibration...... Each analyzer reading On the day of analysis, Recalibrate until
within 10% before analyzing any successful.
of true value and samples.
r\2\>=0.99.
Analysis of independent calibration Within 10% Following daily Recalibrate and repeat
standard. of true value. calibration, prior to independent standard
analyzing field analysis until
samples. successful.
[[Page 11270]]
Analysis of continuing calibration Within 10% Following daily Recalibrate and repeat
verification standard (CCVS). of true value. calibration, after independent standard
analyzing <=10 field analysis, reanalyze
samples, and at end of samples until
each set of analyses. successful, if
possible; for
destructive
techniques, samples
invalidated.
Test run total sample volume......... Within 20% Each individual sample. Sample invalidated.
of total volume
sampled during field
recovery test.
Sorbent trap section 2 breakthrough.. For compliance/ Every sample........... Sample invalidated.*
emissions testing:
<=10% of section 1 Hg
mass for Hg
concentrations >1
[mu]g/dscm;
<=20% of section 1
Hg mass for Hg
concentrations <=1
[mu]g/dscm.
<=50% of section 1
Hg mass if the
stack Hg
concentration is
<=30% of the Hg
concentration that
is equivalent to
the applicable
emission limit.
For relative accuracy
testing:
<=10% of section 1 Hg
mass for Hg
concentrations >1
[mu]g/dscm;
<=20% of section 1 Hg
mass for Hg
concentrations <=1
[mu]g/dscm and >0.5
[mu]g/dscm;
<=50% of section 1 Hg
mass for Hg
concentrations <=0.5
[mu]g/dscm >0.1 [mu]g/
dscm;
no criterion for Hg
concentrations
<=0.1 [mu]g/dscm
(must meet all
other QA/QC
specifications).
Paired sorbent trap agreement........ <=10% Relative Every run.............. Run invalidated.*
Deviation (RD) mass
for Hg concentrations
>1 [mu]g/dscm;
<=20% RD or <=0.2 [mu]g/
dscm absolute
difference for Hg
concentrations <=1
[mu]g/dscm.
Sample analysis...................... Within valid All Section 1 samples Reanalyze at more
calibration range where stack Hg concentrated level if
(within calibration concentration is possible, samples
curve). >=0.02 [mu]g/dscm invalidated if not
except in case where within calibrated
stack Hg concentration range.
is <=30% of the
applicable emission
limit.
Sample analysis...................... Within bounds of Hg\0\ All Section 1 samples Expand bounds of Hg\0\
and HgCl2 Analytical where stack Hg and HgCl2 Analytical
Bias Test. concentration is >=0.5 Bias Test; if not
[mu]g/dscm. successful, samples
invalidated.
Field recovery test.................. Average recovery Once per field test.... Field sample runs not
between 85% and 115% validated without
for Hg\0\. successful field
recovery test.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* And data from the pair of sorbent traps are also invalidated.
* * * * *
10.3 Thermocouples and Other Temperature Sensors. Use the
procedures and criteria in Section 10.3 of Method 2 in appendix A-1
to this part to calibrate in-stack temperature sensors and
thermocouples. Dial thermometers shall be calibrated against
mercury-in-glass thermometers or equivalent. Calibrations must be
performed prior to initial use and before each field test
thereafter. At each calibration point, the absolute temperature
measured by the temperature sensor must agree to within 1.5 percent of the temperature measured with the reference
sensor, otherwise the sensor may not continue to be used.
10.4 Barometer. Calibrate against a mercury barometer or other
NIST-traceable barometer as per Section 10.6 of Method 5 in appendix
A-3 to this part. Calibration must be performed prior to initial use
and before each test program, and the absolute pressure measured by
the barometer must agree to within 10 mm Hg of the
pressure measured by the mercury or other NIST-traceable barometer,
otherwise the barometer may not continue to be used.
* * * * *
11.3 Field Sample Analyses. Analyze the sorbent trap samples
following the same procedures that were used for conducting the
Hg\0\ and HgCl2 analytical bias tests. The individual
sections of the sorbent trap and their respective components must be
analyzed separately (i.e., section 1 and its components, then
section 2 and its components). All sorbent trap section 1 sample
analyses must be within the
[[Page 11271]]
calibrated range of the analytical system as specified in Table 9-1.
For wet analyses, the sample can simply be diluted to fall within
the calibrated range. However, for the destructive thermal analyses,
samples that are not within the calibrated range cannot be re-
analyzed. As a result, the sample cannot be validated, and another
sample must be collected. It is strongly suggested that the
analytical system be calibrated over multiple ranges so that
thermally analyzed samples fall within the calibrated range. The
total mass of Hg measured in each sorbent trap section 1 must also
fall within the lower and upper mass limits established during the
initial Hg\0\ and HgCl2 analytical bias test. If a sample
is analyzed and found to fall outside of these limits, it is
acceptable for an additional Hg\0\ and HgCl2 analytical
bias test to be performed that now includes this level. However,
some samples (e.g., the mass collected in trap section 2), may have
Hg levels so low that it may not be possible to quantify them in the
analytical system's calibrated range. Because a reliable estimate of
these low-level Hg measurements is necessary to fully validate the
emissions data, the MDL (see section 8.2.2.1 of this method) is used
to establish the minimum amount that can be detected and reported.
If the measured mass or concentration is below the lowest point in
the calibration curve and above the MDL, the analyst must estimate
the mass or concentration of the sample based on the analytical
instrument response relative to an additional calibration standard
at a concentration or mass between the MDL and the lowest point in
the calibration curve. This is accomplished by establishing a
response factor (e.g., area counts per Hg mass or concentration) and
estimating the amount of Hg present in the sample based on the
analytical response and this response factor.
Example: The analysis of a particular sample results in a
measured mass above the MDL, but below the lowest point in the
calibration curve which is 10 ng. An MDL of 1.3 ng Hg has been
established by the MDL study. A calibration standard containing 5 ng
of Hg is analyzed and gives an analytical response of 6,170 area
counts, which equates to a response factor of 1,234 area counts/ng
Hg. The analytical response for the sample is 4,840 area counts.
Dividing the analytical response for the sample (4,840 area counts)
by the response factor gives 3.9 ng Hg, which is the estimated mass
of Hg in the sample.
* * * * *
0
30. Amend appendix B to part 60 as follows:
0
a. By revising Performance Specification 3, section 13.2.
0
b. By revising Performance Specification 4, section 8.2.
0
c. By revising Performance Specification 4B, section 7.1.1.
0
d. By amending Performance Specification 7 as follows:
0
i. By revising section 8.4.
0
ii. By adding reference 5. to section 16.0.
0
e. By revising Performance Specification 11, sections 12.1(1) and (2).
0
f. By revising Performance Specification 12B, table 12B-1 in section
9.0 and section 12.8.3.
0
g. By revising Performance Specification 15, sections 11.1.1.4.2 and
11.1.1.4.3.
0
h. By revising Performance Specification 16, sections 6.1.7, 8.2.1,
9.1, 9.3, 9.4, 12.4, and 13.5.
Appendix B to Part 60--Performance Specifications
* * * * *
Performance Specification 3--Specifications and Test Procedures for
O2 and CO2 Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems
in Stationary Sources
* * * * *
13.2 CEMS Relative Accuracy Performance Specification. The RA of
the CEMS must be no greater than 20 percent of the mean value of the
reference method (RM) data. The results are also acceptable if the
absolute value of the difference between the mean RM value and the
mean CEMS value is less than or equal to 1.0 percent O2
(or CO2).
* * * * *
Performance Specification 4--Specifications and Test Procedures for
Carbon Monoxide Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems in Stationary
Sources
* * * * *
8.2 Reference Methods. Unless otherwise specified in an
applicable subpart of the regulation, Method 10, 10A, 10B or other
approved alternative are the RM for this PS.
* * * * *
Performance Specification 4B--Specifications and Test Procedures for
Carbon Monoxide and Oxygen Continuous Monitoring Systems in Stationary
Sources
* * * * *
7.1.1 Calculations. Summarize the results on a data sheet.
Average the differences between the instrument response and the
certified cylinder gas value for each gas. Calculate the CE results
for the CO monitor according to:
CE = [bond] d/FS [bond] x 100 (1)
Where d is the mean difference between the CEMS response and the
known reference concentration, and FS is the span value. The CE for
the O2 monitor is the average percent O2
difference between the O2 monitor and the certified
cylinder gas value for each gas.
* * * * *
Performance Specification 7--Specifications and Test Procedures for
Hydrogen Sulfide Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems in Stationary
Sources
* * * * *
8.4 Relative Accuracy Test Procedure.
8.4.1 Sampling Strategy for RM Tests, Number of RM Tests,
Correlation of RM and CEMS Data, and Calculations. These are the
same as that in PS-2, Sections 8.4.3 (except as specified below),
8.4.4, 8.4.5, and 8.4.6, respectively.
8.4.2 Reference Methods. Unless otherwise specified in an
applicable subpart of the regulation, Methods 11, 15, and 16 may be
used for the RM for this PS.
8.4.2.1 Sampling Time Per Run--Method 11. A sampling run, when
Method 11 (integrated sampling) is used, shall consist of a single
measurement for at least 10 minutes and 0.010 dscm (0.35 dscf). Each
sample shall be taken at approximately 30-minute intervals.
8.4.2.2 Sampling Time Per Run--Methods 15 and 16. The sampling
run shall consist of two injections equally spaced over a 30-minute
period following the procedures described in the particular method.
Note: Caution! Heater or non-approved electrical probes should not
be used around explosive or flammable sources.
* * * * *
16.0 * * *
5. Letter to RAMCON Environmental Corp. from Robert Kellam,
December 27, 1992.
* * * * *
Performance Specification 11-- Specifications and Test Procedures for
Particulate Matter Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems at Stationary
Sources
* * * * *
12.1 * * *
(1) Calculate the upscale drift (UD) using Equation 11-1:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.017
Where:
UD = The upscale (high-level) drift of your PM CEMS in percent,
RCEM = The measured PM CEMS response to the upscale
reference standard, and
RU = The pre-established numerical value of the upscale
reference standard.
FS= Full-scale value.
(2) Calculate the zero drift (ZD) using Equation 11-2:
[[Page 11272]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.018
Where:
ZD = The zero (low-level) drift of your PM CEMS in percent,
RCEM = The measured PM CEMS response to the zero
reference standard,
RL = The pre-established numerical value of the zero
reference standard, and
FS = Full-scale value.
* * * * *
Performance Specification 12B--Specifications and Test Procedures for
Monitoring Total Vapor Phase Mercury Emissions from Stationary Sources
Using a Sorbent Trap Monitoring System
* * * * *
9.0 * * *
Table 12B-1--QA/QC Criteria for Sorbent Trap Monitoring Systems
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
QA/QC test or specification Acceptance criteria Frequency Consequences if not met
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-test leak check.................. <=4% of target sampling Prior to monitoring.... Monitoring must not
rate. commence until the
leak check is passed.
Post-test leak check................. <=4% of average After monitoring....... Invalidate the data
sampling rate. from the paired traps
or, if certain
conditions are met,
report adjusted data
from a single trap
(see Section 12.8.3).
Ratio of stack gas flow rate to No more than 5% of the Every hour throughout Invalidate the data
sample flow rate. hourly ratios or 5 monitoring period. from the paired traps
hourly ratios or, if certain
(whichever is less conditions are met,
restrictive) may report adjusted data
deviate from the from a single trap
reference ratio by (see Section 12.8.3).
more than 25%.
Sorbent trap section 2 breakthrough.. <=5% of Section 1 Hg Every sample........... Invalidate the data
mass. from the paired traps
<=10% of Section 1 Hg or, if certain
mass if average Hg conditions are met,
concentration is <=0.5 report adjusted data
[micro]g/scm. from a single trap
(see Section 12.8.3).
No criterion when Hg
concentration for trap
less than 10% of the
applicable emission
limit (must meet all
other QA/QC
specifications).
Paired sorbent trap agreement........ <=10% Relative Every sample........... Either invalidate the
Deviation (RD) if the data from the paired
average concentration traps or report the
is > 1.0 [micro]g/m\3\. results from the trap
<=20% RD if the average with the higher Hg
concentration is <=1.0 concentration.
[micro]g/m\3\.
Results also acceptable
if absolute difference
between concentrations
from paired traps is
<= 0.03 [micro]g/m\3\.
Spike Recovery Study................. Average recovery Prior to analyzing Field samples must not
between 85% and 115% field samples and be analyzed until the
for each of the 3 prior to use of new percent recovery
spike concentration sorbent media. criteria have been
levels. met.
Multipoint analyzer calibration...... Each analyzer reading On the day of analysis, Recalibrate until
within before analyzing any successful.
10% of true value and samples.
r\2\ >= 0.99.
Analysis of independent calibration Within 10% Following daily Recalibrate and repeat
standard. of true value. calibration, prior to independent standard
analyzing field analysis until
samples. successful.
Spike recovery from section 3 of both 75-125% of spike amount Every sample........... Invalidate the data
sorbent traps. from the paired traps
or, if certain
conditions are met,
report adjusted data
from a single trap
(see Section 12.8.3).
Relative Accuracy.................... RA <= 20.0% of RM mean RA specification must Data from the system
value; or if RM mean be met for initial are invalid until a RA
value <=5.0 [micro]g/ certification. test is passed.
scm, absolute
difference between RM
and sorbent trap
monitoring system mean
values <=1.0 [micro]g/
scm.
[[Page 11273]]
Gas flow meter calibration........... An initial calibration At 3 settings prior to Recalibrate meter at 3
factor (Y) has been initial use and at settings to determine
determined at 3 least quarterly at one a new value of Y.
settings; for mass setting thereafter.
flow meters, initial
calibration with stack
gas has been
performed. For
subsequent
calibrations, Y within
5% of
average value from the
most recent 3-point
calibration.
Temperature sensor calibration....... Absolute temperature Prior to initial use Recalibrate; sensor may
measured by sensor and at least quarterly not be used until
within thereafter. specification is met.
1.5% of a reference
sensor.
Barometer calibration................ Absolute pressure Prior to initial use Recalibrate; instrument
measured by instrument and at least quarterly may not be used until
within 10 thereafter. specification is met.
mm Hg of reading with
a NIST-traceable
barometer.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * *
12.8.3 For the routine, day-to-day operation of the monitoring
system, when one of the two sorbent trap samples or sampling systems
either: (a) Fails the post-monitoring leak check; or (b) has
excessive section 2 breakthrough; or (c) fails to maintain the
proper stack flow-to-sample flow ratio; or (d) fails to achieve the
required section 3 spike recovery; or (e) is lost, broken, or
damaged, provided that the other trap meets the acceptance criteria
for all four of these QC specifications, the Hg concentration
measured by the valid trap may be multiplied by a factor of 1.111
and then used for reporting purposes. Further, if both traps meet
the acceptance criteria for all four of these QC specifications, but
the acceptance criterion for paired trap agreement is not met, the
owner or operator may report the higher of the two Hg concentrations
measured by the traps, in lieu of invalidating the data from the
paired traps.
* * * * *
Performance Specification 15--Performance Specification for Extractive
FTIR Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems in Stationary Sources
* * * * *
11.1.1.4.2 RMs Using a Grab Sampling Technique. Synchronize the
RM and FTIR CEM measurements as closely as possible. For a grab
sampling RM, record the volume collected and the exact sampling
period for each sample. Synchronize the FTIR CEM so that the FTIR
measures a spectrum of a similar cell volume at the same time as the
RM grab sample was collected. Measure at least five independent
samples with both the FTIR CEM and the RM for each of the minimum
nine runs. Compare the run concentration averages by using the
relative accuracy analysis procedure in Performance Specification 2
of appendix B of 40 CFR part 60.
11.1.1.4.3 Continuous Emission Monitors as RMs. If the RM is a
CEM, synchronize the sampling flow rates of the RM and the FTIR CEM.
Each run is at least 1 hour long and consists of at least 10 FTIR
CEM measurements and the corresponding 10 RM measurements (or
averages). For the statistical comparison, use the relative accuracy
analysis procedure in Performance Specification 2 of appendix B of
40 CFR part 60. If the RM time constant is < \1/2\ the FTIR CEM time
constant, brief fluctuations in analyte concentrations that are not
adequately measured with the slower FTIR CEM time constant can be
excluded from the run average along with the corresponding RM
measurements. However, the FTIR CEM run average must still include
at least 10 measurements over a 1-hour period.
* * * * *
Performance Specification 16--Specifications and Test Procedures for
Predictive Emission Monitoring Systems in Stationary Sources
* * * * *
6.1.7 Sensor Location and Repair. We recommend you install
sensors in an accessible location in order to perform repairs and
replacements. Permanently-installed platforms or ladders may not be
needed. If you install sensors in an area that is not accessible,
you may be required to shut down the emissions unit to repair or
replace a sensor. Conduct a new RATA after replacing a sensor that
supplies a critical PEMS parameter if the new sensor provides a
different output or scaling or changes the historical training
dataset of the PEMS. Replacement of a non-critical sensor that does
not cause an impact in the accuracy of the PEMS does not trigger a
RATA. All sensors must be calibrated as often as needed but at least
as often as recommended by the manufacturers.
* * * * *
8.2.1 Reference Methods. Unless otherwise specified in the
applicable regulations, you must use the test methods in appendix A
of this part for the RM test. Conduct the RM tests at three
operating levels. The RM tests shall be performed at a low-load (or
production) level between the minimum safe, stable load and 50
percent of the maximum level load, at the mid-load level (an
intermediary level between the low and high levels), and at a high-
load level between 80 percent and the maximum load. Alternatively,
if practicable, you may test at three levels of the key operating
parameter (e.g. selected based on a covariance analysis between each
parameter and the PEMS output) equally spaced within the normal
range of the parameter.
* * * * *
9.1 QA/QC Summary. Conduct the applicable ongoing tests listed
below.
Ongoing Quality Assurance Tests
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PEMS regulatory
Test purpose Acceptability Frequency
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sensor Evaluation.................... All.................... ....................... Daily.
RAA.................................. Compliance............. 3-test avg <=10% of Each quarter except
simultaneous analyzer quarter when RATA
or RM average. performed.
RATA................................. All.................... Same as for RA in Sec. Yearly in quarter when
13.1. RAA not performed.
Bias Correction...................... All.................... If davg <= Bias test passed (no
[bond]cc[bond]. correction factor
needed).
PEMS Training........................ All.................... If Fcritical >=F....... Optional after initial
r >=0.8................ and subsequent RATAs.
[[Page 11274]]
Sensor Evaluation Alert Test All.................... See Section 6.1.8...... After each PEMS
(optional). training.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
* * * * *
9.3 Quarterly Relative Accuracy Audits. In the first year of
operation after the initial certification, perform a RAA consisting
of at least three 30-minute portable analyzer or RM determinations
each quarter a RATA is not performed. To conduct a RAA, follow the
procedures in Section 8.2 for the relative accuracy test, except
that only three sets of measurement data are required, and the
statistical tests are not required. The average of the three or more
portable analyzer or RM determinations must not exceed the limits
given in Section 13.5. Report the data from all sets of measurement
data. If a PEMS passes all quarterly RAAs in the first year and also
passes the subsequent yearly RATA in the second year, you may elect
to perform a single mid-year RAA in the second year in place of the
quarterly RAAs. This option may be repeated, but only until the PEMS
fails either a mid-year RAA or a yearly RATA. When such a failure
occurs, you must resume quarterly RAAs in the quarter following the
failure and continue conducting quarterly RAAs until the PEMS
successfully passes both a year of quarterly RAAs and a subsequent
RATA.
9.4 Yearly Relative Accuracy Test. Perform a minimum 9-run RATA
at the normal operating level on a yearly basis in the quarter that
the RAA is not performed. The statistical tests in Section 8.3 are
not required for the yearly RATA.
* * * * *
12.4 Relative Accuracy Audit. Calculate the quarterly RAA using
Equation 16-9.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.019
* * * * *
13.5 Relative Accuracy Audits. The average of the three portable
analyzer or RM determinations must not differ from the simultaneous
PEMS average value by more than 10 percent of the analyzer or RM for
concentrations greater than 100 ppm or 20 percent for concentrations
between 100 and 20 ppm, or the test is failed. For measurements at
20 ppm or less, this difference must not exceed 2 ppm for a
pollutant PEMS and 1 percent absolute for a diluents PEMS.
* * * * *
0
31. Amend appendix F to Part 60 as follows:
0
a. By revising Procedure 1, section 6.2.
0
b. By revising Procedure 2, paragraphs (3) and (4) of section 12.0.
0
c. By redesignating the second listing of section 6.2.6 as section
6.2.7 in Procedure 5.
Appendix F to Part 60--Quality Assurance Procedures
* * * * *
Procedure 1--Quality Assurance Requirements for Gas Continuous Emission
Monitoring Systems Used for Compliance Determination
* * * * *
6.2 RAA Accuracy Calculation. Use the calculation procedure in
the relevant performance specification to calculate the accuracy for
the RAA. The RAA must be calculated in the units of the applicable
emission standard.
* * * * *
Procedure 2--Quality Assurance Requirements for Particulate Matter
Continuous Emission Monitoring Systems at Stationary Sources
* * * * *
12.0 What calculations and data analysis must I perform for my PM
CEMS?
* * * * *
(3) How do I calculate daily upscale and zero drift? You must
calculate the upscale drift using Equation 2-2 and the zero drift
using Equation 2-3:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.021
Where:
UD = The upscale drift of your PM CEMS, in percent,
RCEM = Your PM CEMS response to the upscale check value,
and
RU = The upscale check value.
FS = Full-scale value.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.022
Where:
ZD = The zero (low-level) drift of your PM CEMS, in percent,
RCEM = Your PM CEMS response of the zero check value,
RL = The zero check value.
(4) How do I calculate SVA accuracy? You must use Equation 2-4
to calculate the accuracy, in percent, for each of the three SVA
tests or the daily sample volume check:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.023
[[Page 11275]]
Where:
VM = Sample gas volume determined/reported by your PM
CEMS (e.g., dscm),
VR = Sample gas volume measured by the independent
calibrated reference device (e.g., dscm) for the SVA or the
reference value for the daily sample volume check.
Note: Before calculating SVA accuracy, you must correct the
sample gas volumes measured by your PM CEMS and the independent
calibrated reference device to the same basis of temperature,
pressure, and moisture content. You must document all data and
calculations.
* * * * *
PART 61--NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS
0
32. The authority citation for part 61 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401, et seq.
Subpart A--[Amended]
0
33. Amend Sec. 61.13 by revising paragraph (e)(1)(i) to read as
follows:
Sec. 61.13 Emission tests and waiver of emission tests.
* * * * *
(e) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) The source owner, operator, or representative of the tested
facility shall obtain an audit sample, if commercially available, from
an AASP for each test method used for regulatory compliance purposes.
No audit samples are required for the following test methods: Methods
3A and 3C of appendix A-3 of part 60; Methods 6C, 7E, 9, and 10 of
appendix A-4 of part 60; Method 18 and 19 of appendix A-6 of part 60;
Methods 20, 22, and 25A of appendix A-7 of part 60; and Methods 303,
318, 320, and 321 of appendix A of part 63. If multiple sources at a
single facility are tested during a compliance test event, only one
audit sample is required for each method used during a compliance test.
The compliance authority responsible for the compliance test may waive
the requirement to include an audit sample if they believe that an
audit sample is not necessary. ``Commercially available'' means that
two or more independent AASPs have blind audit samples available for
purchase. If the source owner, operator, or representative cannot find
an audit sample for a specific method, the owner, operator, or
representative shall consult the EPA Web site at the following URL,
www.epa.gov/ttn/emc, to confirm whether there is a source that can
supply an audit sample for that method. If the EPA Web site does not
list an available audit sample at least 60 days prior to the beginning
of the compliance test, the source owner, operator, or representative
shall not be required to include an audit sample as part of the quality
assurance program for the compliance test. When ordering an audit
sample, the source owner, operator, or representative shall give the
sample provider an estimate for the concentration of each pollutant
that is emitted by the source or the estimated concentration of each
pollutant based on the permitted level and the name, address, and phone
number of the compliance authority. The source owner, operator, or
representative shall report the results for the audit sample along with
a summary of the emission test results for the audited pollutant to the
compliance authority and shall report the results of the audit sample
to the AASP. The source owner, operator, or representative shall make
both reports at the same time and in the same manner or shall report to
the compliance authority first and report to the AASP. If the method
being audited is a method that allows the samples to be analyzed in the
field and the tester plans to analyze the samples in the field, the
tester may analyze the audit samples prior to collecting the emission
samples provided a representative of the compliance authority is
present at the testing site. The tester may request, and the compliance
authority may grant, a waiver to the requirement that a representative
of the compliance authority must be present at the testing site during
the field analysis of an audit sample. The source owner, operator, or
representative may report the results of the audit sample to the
compliance authority and then report the results of the audit sample to
the AASP prior to collecting any emission samples. The test protocol
and final test report shall document whether an audit sample was
ordered and utilized and the pass/fail results as applicable.
* * * * *
Subpart C--[Amended]
0
34. Amend Sec. 61.33 by revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:
Sec. 61.33 Stack sampling.
(a) Unless a waiver of emission testing is obtained under Sec.
61.13, each owner or operator required to comply with Sec. 61.32(a)
shall test emissions from the source according to Method 104 of
appendix B to this part or according to Method 29 of appendix A to part
60. Method 103 of appendix B to this part is approved by the
Administrator as an alternative method for sources subject to Sec.
61.32(a). The emission test shall be performed:
(1) By May 28, 2014 in the case of an existing source or a new
source which has an initial startup date preceding February 27, 2014;
or
(2) Within 90 days of startup in the case of a new source which did
not have an initial startup date preceding February 27, 2014.
* * * * *
Subpart D--[Amended]
0
35. Amend Sec. 61.42 by revising paragraph (a) to read as follows:
Sec. 61.42 Emission standard.
(a) Emissions to the atmosphere from rocket-motor test sites shall
not cause time-weighted atmospheric concentrations of beryllium to
exceed 75 microgram minutes per cubic meter ([micro]g-min/m\3\)(4.68 x
10-9 pound minutes per cubic foot (lb-min/ft\3\)) of air
within the limits of 10 to 60 minutes, accumulated during any 2
consecutive weeks, in any area in which an adverse effect to public
health could occur.
* * * * *
Subpart E--[Amended]
0
36. Amend Sec. 61.53 by revising paragraph (d)(2) to read as follows:
Sec. 61.53 Stack sampling.
* * * * *
(d) * * *
(2) Method 101A in appendix B or Method 29 in appendix A to part 60
shall be used to test emissions as follows:
(i) The test shall be performed by May 28, 2014 in the case of an
existing source or a new source which has an initial startup date
preceding February 27, 2014.
(ii) The test shall be performed within 90 days of startup in the
case of a new source which did not have an initial startup date
preceding February 27, 2014.
* * * * *
Subpart N--[Amended]
0
37. Amend Sec. 61.164 as follows:
0
a. By revising paragraph (d)(2)(i).
0
b. By revising paragraph (e)(1)(i).
0
c. By revising paragraph (e)(2) to read as follows:
Sec. 61.164 Test methods and procedures.
* * * * *
(d) * * *
(2) * * *
(i) Use Method 108 in appendix B to this part or Method 29 in
appendix A to part 60 for determining the arsenic
[[Page 11276]]
emission rate, g/hr (lb/hr). The emission rate shall equal the
arithmetic mean of the results of three 60-minute test runs.
* * * * *
(e) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) Use Method 108 in appendix B to this part or Method 29 in
appendix A to part 60 to determine the concentration of arsenic in the
gas streams entering and exiting the control device. Conduct three 60-
minute test runs, each consisting of simultaneous testing of the inlet
and outlet gas streams. The gas streams shall contain all the gas
exhausted from the glass melting furnace.
* * * * *
(2) Calculate the percent emission reduction for each run as
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.024
Where:
D = the percent emission reduction.
Cb = the arsenic concentration of the stack gas entering
the control device, as measured by Method 108 or Method 29.
Ca = the arsenic concentration of the stack gas exiting
the control device, as measured by Method 108 or Method 29.
* * * * *
0
38. Amend appendix B to part 61 to read as follows:
0
a. By amending Method 101 by redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as
sections 17.0 and 18.0, respectively, and by adding a new section 16.0.
0
b. By amending Method 101A by redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as
sections 17.0 and 18.0, respectively, and by adding a new section 16.0.
0
c. By revising Method 102, section 8.1.1.1.
0
d. By amending Method 104 as follows:
0
i. By revising sections 4.1 and 11.5.3.
0
ii. By redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as sections 17.0 and 18.0,
respectively.
0
iii. By adding a new section 16.0.
0
e. By amending Method 108 by redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as
sections 17.0 and 18.0, respectively, and by adding a new section 16.0.
0
f. By amending Method 108A by redesignating sections 16.0 and 17.0 as
sections 17.0 and 18.0 respectively, and by adding a new section 16.0.
Appendix B to Part 61--Test Methods
* * * * *
Method 101--Determination of Particulate and Gaseous Mercury Emissions
From Chlor-Alkali Plants (Air Streams)
* * * * *
16.0 Alternative Procedures
16.1 Alternative Analyzer. Samples may also be analyzed by cold
vapor atomic fluorescence spectrometry.
* * * * *
Method 101A--Determination of Particulate and Gaseous Mercury Emissions
From Sewage Sludge Incinerators
* * * * *
16.0 Alternative Procedures
16.1 Alternative Analyzers.
16.1.1 Inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectrometry
(ICP-AES) may be used as an alternative to atomic absorption
analysis provided the following conditions are met:
16.1.1.1 Sample collection, sample preparation, and analytical
preparation procedures are as defined in the method except as
necessary for the ICP-AES application.
16.1.1.2 The quality control procedures are conducted as
prescribed.
16.1.1.3 The limit of quantitation for the ICP-AES must be
demonstrated and the sample concentrations reported should be no
less than two times the limit of quantitation. The limit of
quantitation is defined as ten times the standard deviation of the
blank value. The standard deviation of the blank value is determined
from the analysis of seven blanks. It has been reported that for
mercury and those elements that form hydrides, a continuous-flow
generator coupled to an ICP-AES offers detection limits comparable
to cold vapor atomic absorption.
16.1.2 Samples may also be analyzed by cold vapor atomic
fluorescence spectrometry.
* * * * *
Method 102--Determination of Particulate and Gaseous Mercury Emissions
From Chlor-Alkali Plants (Hydrogen Streams)
* * * * *
8.1.1.1 Calibrate the meter box orifice. Use the techniques
described in APTD-0576 (see Reference 9 in Section 17.0 of Method 5
of appendix A to part 60). Calibration of the orifice meter at flow
conditions that simulate the conditions at the source is suggested.
Calibration should either be done with hydrogen or with some other
gas having a similar Reynolds Number so that there is similarity
between the Reynolds Numbers during calibration and during sampling.
Alternative mercury-free thermometers may be used if the
thermometers are, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance
or suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement
application.
* * * * *
Method 104--Determination of Beryllium Emissions From Stationary
Sources
* * * * *
4.1 Matrix Effects. Analysis for Be by flame atomic absorption
spectrophotometry is sensitive to the chemical composition and to
the physical properties (e.g., viscosity, pH) of the sample.
Aluminum and silicon, in particular, are known to interfere when
present in appreciable quantities. The analytical procedure includes
(optionally) the use of the Method of Standard Additions to check
for these matrix effects, and sample analysis using the Method of
Standard Additions if significant matrix effects are found to be
present (see Reference 2 in Section 17.0).
* * * * *
11.5.3 Check for Matrix Effects (optional). Use the Method of
Standard Additions (see Reference 2 in Section 17.0) to check at
least one sample from each source for matrix effects on the Be
results. If the results of the Method of Standard Additions
procedure used on the single source sample do not agree to within 5
percent of the value obtained by the routine atomic absorption
analysis, then reanalyze all samples from the source using the
Method of Standard Additions procedure.
* * * * *
16.0 Alternative Procedures
16.1 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission Spectrometry
(ICP-AES) Analysis. ICP-AES may be used as an alternative to atomic
absorption analysis provided the following conditions are met:
16.1.1 Sample collection, sample preparation, and analytical
preparation procedures are as defined in the method except as
necessary for the ICP-AES application.
16.1.2 Quality Assurance/Quality Control procedures, including
audit material analysis, are conducted as prescribed in the method.
The QA acceptance conditions must be met.
16.1.3 The limit of quantitation for the ICP-AES must be
demonstrated and the sample concentrations reported should be no
less than two times the limit of quantitation. The limit of
quantitation is defined as ten times the standard deviation of the
blank value. The standard deviation of the blank value is determined
from the analysis of seven blanks. It has been reported that for
mercury and those elements that form hydrides, a continuous-flow
generator coupled to an ICP-AES offers detection limits comparable
to cold vapor atomic absorption.
16.2 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry (ICP-MS)
Analysis. ICP-MS may be used as an alternative to atomic absorption
analysis.
16.3 Cold Vapor Atomic Fluorescence Spectrometry (CVAFS)
Analysis. CVAFS may be used as an alternative to atomic absorption
analysis.
* * * * *
Method 108--Determination of Particulate and Gaseous Arsenic Emissions
* * * * *
16.0 Alternative Procedures
16.1 Inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectrometry
(ICP-AES) Analysis. ICP-AES may be used as an alternative to atomic
absorption analysis provided the following conditions are met:
16.1.1 Sample collection, sample preparation, and analytical
preparation procedures are as defined in the method
[[Page 11277]]
except as necessary for the ICP-AES application.
16.1.2 Quality Assurance/Quality Control procedures, including
audit material analysis, are conducted as prescribed in the method.
The QA acceptance conditions must be met.
16.1.3 The limit of quantitation for the ICP-AES must be
demonstrated and the sample concentrations reported should be no
less than two times the limit of quantitation. The limit of
quantitation is defined as ten times the standard deviation of the
blank value. The standard deviation of the blank value is determined
from the analysis of seven blanks. It has been reported that for
mercury and those elements that form hydrides, a continuous-flow
generator coupled to an ICP-AES offers detection limits comparable
to cold vapor atomic absorption.
16.2 Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry (ICP-MS)
Analysis. ICP-MS may be used as an alternative to atomic absorption
analysis.
16.3 Cold Vapor Atomic Fluorescence Spectrometry (CVAFS)
Analysis. CVAFS may be used as an alternative to atomic absorption
analysis.
* * * * *
Method 108A--Determination of Arsenic Content in Ore Samples From
Nonferrous Smelters
* * * * *
16.0 Alternative Procedures
16.1 Alternative Analyzer. Inductively coupled plasma-atomic
emission spectrometry (ICP-AES) may be used as an alternative to
atomic absorption analysis provided the following conditions are
met:
16.1.1 Sample collection, sample preparation, and analytical
preparation procedures are as defined in the method except as
necessary for the ICP-AES application.
16.1.2 Quality Assurance/Quality Control procedures, including
audit material analysis, are conducted as prescribed in the method.
The QA acceptance conditions must be met.
16.1.3 The limit of quantitation for the ICP-AES must be
demonstrated and the sample concentrations reported should be no
less than two times the limit of quantitation. The limit of
quantitation is defined as ten times the standard deviation of the
blank value. The standard deviation of the blank value is determined
from the analysis of seven blanks. It has been reported that for
mercury and those elements that form hydrides, a continuous-flow
generator coupled to an ICP-AES offers detection limits comparable
to cold vapor atomic absorption.
* * * * *
PART 63--NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARDS FOR HAZARDOUS AIR POLLUTANTS
FOR SOURCE CATEGORIES
0
39. The authority citation for part 63 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.
Subpart A--[Amended]
0
40. Amend Sec. 63.7 by revising paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(A) to read as
follows:
Sec. 63.7 Performance testing requirements.
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(2) * * *
(iii) * * *
(A) The source owner, operator, or representative of the tested
facility shall obtain an audit sample, if commercially available, from
an AASP for each test method used for regulatory compliance purposes.
No audit samples are required for the following test methods: Methods
3A and 3C of appendix A-3 of part 60; Methods 6C, 7E, 9, and 10 of
appendix A-4 of part 60; Methods 18 and 19 of appendix A-6 of part 60;
Methods 20, 22, and 25A of appendix A-7 of part 60; and Methods 303,
318, 320, and 321 of appendix A of part 63. If multiple sources at a
single facility are tested during a compliance test event, only one
audit sample is required for each method used during a compliance test.
The compliance authority responsible for the compliance test may waive
the requirement to include an audit sample if they believe that an
audit sample is not necessary. ``Commercially available'' means that
two or more independent AASPs have blind audit samples available for
purchase. If the source owner, operator, or representative cannot find
an audit sample for a specific method, the owner, operator, or
representative shall consult the EPA Web site at the following URL,
www.epa.gov/ttn/emc, to confirm whether there is a source that can
supply an audit sample for that method. If the EPA Web site does not
list an available audit sample at least 60 days prior to the beginning
of the compliance test, the source owner, operator, or representative
shall not be required to include an audit sample as part of the quality
assurance program for the compliance test. When ordering an audit
sample, the source owner, operator, or representative shall give the
sample provider an estimate for the concentration of each pollutant
that is emitted by the source or the estimated concentration of each
pollutant based on the permitted level and the name, address, and phone
number of the compliance authority. The source owner, operator, or
representative shall report the results for the audit sample along with
a summary of the emission test results for the audited pollutant to the
compliance authority and shall report the results of the audit sample
to the AASP. The source owner, operator, or representative shall make
both reports at the same time and in the same manner or shall report to
the compliance authority first and report to the AASP. If the method
being audited is a method that allows the samples to be analyzed in the
field and the tester plans to analyze the samples in the field, the
tester may analyze the audit samples prior to collecting the emission
samples provided a representative of the compliance authority is
present at the testing site. The tester may request, and the compliance
authority may grant, a waiver to the requirement that a representative
of the compliance authority must be present at the testing site during
the field analysis of an audit sample. The source owner, operator, or
representative may report the results of the audit sample to the
compliance authority and then report the results of the audit sample to
the AASP prior to collecting any emission samples. The test protocol
and final test report shall document whether an audit sample was
ordered and utilized and the pass/fail results as applicable.
* * * * *
0
41. Amend Sec. 63.8 by adding a sentence to the end of paragraph
(f)(6)(iii) to read as follows:
Sec. 63.8 Monitoring requirements.
* * * * *
(f) * * *
(6) * * *
(iii) * * * The Administrator will review the notification and may
rescind permission to use an alternative and require the owner or
operator to conduct a relative accuracy test of the CEMS as specified
in section 8.4 of Performance Specification 2.
* * * * *
0
42. Revise Sec. 63.14 to read as follows:
Sec. 63.14 Incorporations by reference.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5
U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that
specified in this section, the EPA must publish notice of change in the
Federal Register and the material must be available to the public. All
approved material is available for inspection at the Air and Radiation
Docket and Information Center, U.S. EPA, 401 M St. SW., Washington, DC,
telephone number 202-566, and is available from the sources listed
below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and
Records Administration (NARA). For
[[Page 11278]]
information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-
6030 or go to http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.
(b) The Association of Florida Phosphate Chemists, P.O. Box 1645,
Bartow, Florida 33830.
(1) Book of Methods Used and Adopted By The Association of Florida
Phosphate Chemists, Seventh Edition 1991:
(i) Section IX, Methods of Analysis for Phosphate Rock, No. 1
Preparation of Sample, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.606(c) and
63.626(c).
(ii) Section IX, Methods of Analysis for Phosphate Rock, No. 3
Phosphorus--P2O5 or
Ca3(PO4)2, Method A--Volumetric
Method, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.606(c) and 63.626(c).
(iii) Section IX, Methods of Analysis for Phosphate Rock, No. 3
Phosphorus-P2O5 or
Ca3(PO4)2, Method B--Gravimetric
Quimociac Method, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.606(c) and 63.626(c).
(iv) Section IX, Methods of Analysis For Phosphate Rock, No. 3
Phosphorus--P2O5 or
Ca3(PO4)2, Method C--
Spectrophotometric Method, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.606(c) and
63.626(c).
(v) Section XI, Methods of Analysis for Phosphoric Acid,
Superphosphate, Triple Superphosphate, and Ammonium Phosphates, No. 3
Total Phosphorus--P2O5, Method A--Volumetric
Method, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.606(c) and 63.626(c) and (d).
(vi) Section XI, Methods of Analysis for Phosphoric Acid,
Superphosphate, Triple Superphosphate, and Ammonium Phosphates, No. 3
Total Phosphorus--P2O5, Method B--Gravimetric
Quimociac Method, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.606(c) and 63.626(c)
and (d).
(vii) Section XI, Methods of Analysis for Phosphoric Acid,
Superphosphate, Triple Superphosphate, and Ammonium Phosphates, No. 3
Total Phosphorus--P2O5, Method C--
Spectrophotometric Method, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.606(c) and
63.626(c) and (d).
(2) [Reserved]
(c) Association of Official Analytical Chemists (AOAC)
International, Customer Services, Suite 400, 2200 Wilson Boulevard,
Arlington, Virginia 22201-3301, Telephone (703) 522-3032, Fax (703)
522-5468.
(1) AOAC Official Method 929.01 Sampling of Solid Fertilizers,
Sixteenth edition, 1995, IBR approved for Sec. 63.626(d).
(2) AOAC Official Method 929.02 Preparation of Fertilizer Sample,
Sixteenth edition, 1995, IBR approved for Sec. 63.626(d).
(3) AOAC Official Method 957.02 Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers,
Preparation of Sample Solution, Sixteenth edition, 1995, IBR approved
for Sec. 63.626(d).
(4) AOAC Official Method 958.01 Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers,
Spectrophotometric Molybdovanadophosphate Method, Sixteenth edition,
1995, IBR approved for Sec. 63.626(d).
(5) AOAC Official Method 962.02 Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers,
Gravimetric Quinolinium Molybdophosphate Method, Sixteenth edition,
1995, IBR approved for Sec. 63.626(d).
(6) AOAC Official Method 969.02 Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers,
Alkalimetric Quinolinium Molybdophosphate Method, Sixteenth edition,
1995, IBR approved for Sec. 63.626(d).
(7) AOAC Official Method 978.01 Phosphorus (Total) in Fertilizers,
Automated Method, Sixteenth edition, 1995, IBR approved for Sec.
63.626(d).
(d) American Petroleum Institute (API), 1220 L Street NW.,
Washington, DC 20005.
(1) API Publication 2517, Evaporative Loss from External Floating-
Roof Tanks, Third Edition, February 1989, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
63.111 and 63.2406.
(2) API Publication 2518, Evaporative Loss from Fixed-roof Tanks,
Second Edition, October 1991, IBR approved for Sec. 63.150(g).
(3) API Manual of Petroleum Measurement Specifications (MPMS)
Chapter 19.2 (API MPMS 19.2), Evaporative Loss From Floating-Roof
Tanks, First Edition, April 1997, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.1251
and 63.12005.
(e) American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-
Conditioning Engineers at 1791 Tullie Circle, NE., Atlanta, GA 30329
[email protected].
(1) American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air
Conditioning Engineers Method 52.1, ``Gravimetric and Dust-Spot
Procedures for Testing Air-Cleaning Devices Used in General Ventilation
for Removing Particulate Matter, June 4, 1992,'' IBR approved for
Sec. Sec. 63.11173(e) and 63.11516(d).
(2) [Reserved]
(f) American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), Three Park
Avenue, New York, NY 10016-5990, Telephone (800) 843-2763, http://www.asme.org; also available from HIS, Incorporated, 15 Inverness Way
East, Englewood, CO 80112, Telephone (877) 413-5184, http://global.ihs.com.
(1) ANSI/ASME PTC 19.10-1981, Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses [Part
10, Instruments and Apparatus], issued August 31, 1981, IBR approved
for Sec. Sec. 63.309(k), 63.457(k), 63.772(e) and (h), 63.865(b),
63.1282(d) and (g), 63.3166(a), 63.3360(e), 63.3545(a), 63.3555(a),
63.4166(a), 63.4362(a), 63.4766(a), 63.4965(a), 63.5160(d), table 4 to
subpart UUUU, 63.9307(c), 63.9323(a), 63.11148(e), 63.11155(e),
63.11162(f), 63.11163(g), 63.11410(j), 63.11551(a), 63.11646(a), and
63.11945, table 5 to subpart DDDDD, table 4 to subpart JJJJJ, tables 4
and 5 of subpart UUUUU, and table 1 to subpart ZZZZZ.
(2) [Reserved]
(g) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), 100 Barr
Harbor Drive, Post Office Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959,
Telephone (610) 832-9585, http://www.astm.org; also available from
ProQuest, 789 East Eisenhower Parkway, Ann Arbor, MI 48106-1346,
Telephone (734) 761-4700, http://www.proquest.com.
(1) ASTM D95-05 (Reapproved 2010), Standard Test Method for Water
in Petroleum Products and Bituminous Materials by Distillation,
approved May 1, 2010, IBR approved for Sec. 63.10005(i) and table 6 to
subpart DDDDD.
(2) ASTM D240-09 Standard Test Method for Heat of Combustion of
Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter, approved July 1, 2009,
IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(3) ASTM Method D388-05, Standard Classification of Coals by Rank,
approved September 15, 2005, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.7575,
63.10042, and 63.11237.
(4) ASTM Method D396-10, Standard Specification for Fuel Oils,
including Appendix X1, approved October 1, 2010, IBR approved for Sec.
63.10042.
(5) ASTM D396-10, Standard Specification for Fuel Oils, approved
October 1, 2010, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.7575 and 63.11237.
(6) ASTM D523-89, Standard Test Method for Specular Gloss, IBR
approved for Sec. 63.782.
(7) ASTM D975-11b, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils,
approved December 1, 2011, IBR approved for Sec. 63.7575.
(8) ASTM D1193-77, Standard Specification for Reagent Water, IBR
approved for appendix A to part 63: Method 306, Sections 7.1.1 and
7.4.2.
(9) ASTM D1193-91, Standard Specification for Reagent Water, IBR
approved for appendix A to part 63: Method 306, Sections 7.1.1 and
7.4.2.
(10) ASTM D1331-89, Standard Test Methods for Surface and
Interfacial Tension of Solutions of Surface Active Agents, IBR approved
for appendix A to part 63: Method 306B, Sections 6.2, 11.1, and 12.2.2.
[[Page 11279]]
(11) ASTM D1475-90, Standard Test Method for Density of Paint,
Varnish Lacquer, and Related Products, IBR approved for appendix A to
subpart II.
(12) ASTM D1475-98 (Reapproved 2003), ``Standard Test Method for
Density of Liquid Coatings, Inks, and Related Products,'' IBR approved
for Sec. Sec. 63.3151(b), 63.3941(b) and (c), 63.3951(c), 63.4141(b)
and (c), and 63.4551(c).
(13) ASTM Method D1835-05, Standard Specification for Liquefied
Petroleum (LP) Gases, approved April 1, 2005, IBR approved for
Sec. Sec. 63.7575 and 63.11237.
(14) ASTM D1945-03 (Reapproved 2010), Standard Test Method for
Analysis of Natural Gas by Gas Chromatography, (Approved January 1,
2010), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.772(h), and 63.1282(g).
(15) ASTM D1946-77, Standard Method for Analysis of Reformed Gas by
Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. 63.11(b).
(16) ASTM D1946-90 (Reapproved 1994), Standard Method for Analysis
of Reformed Gas by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. 63.11(b).
(17) ASTM D2013/D2013M-09, Standard Practice for Preparing Coal
Samples for Analysis, (Approved November 1, 2009), IBR approved for
table 6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ.
(18) ASTM D2099-00, Standard Test Method for Dynamic Water
Resistance of Shoe Upper Leather by the Maeser Water Penetration
Tester, IBR approved for Sec. 63.5350.
(19) ASTM D2216-05, Standard Test Methods for Laboratory
Determination of Water (Moisture) Content of Soil and Rock by Mass, IBR
approved for the definition of ``Free organic liquids'' in Sec.
63.10692.
(20) ASTM D2234/D2234M-10, Standard Practice for Collection of a
Gross Sample of Coal, approved January 1, 2010, IBR approved for table
6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ .
(21) ASTM D2369-93, Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of
Coatings, IBR approved for appendix A to subpart II.
(22) ASTM D2369-95, Standard Test Method for Volatile Content of
Coatings, IBR approved for appendix A to subpart II.
(23) ASTM D2382-76, Heat of Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb
Calorimeter (High-Precision Method), IBR approved for Sec. 63.11(b).
(24) ASTM D2382-88, Heat of Combustion of Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb
Calorimeter (High-Precision Method), IBR approved for Sec. 63.11(b).
(25) ASTM D2697-86 (Reapproved 1998), Standard Test Method for
Volume Nonvolatile Matter in Clear or Pigmented Coatings, IBR approved
for Sec. Sec. 63.3161(f), 63.3521(b), 63.3941(b), 63.4141(b),
63.4741(b), 63.4941(b), and 63.5160(c).
(26) ASTM D2879-83, Standard Method for Vapor Pressure-Temperature
Relationship and Initial Decomposition Temperature of Liquids by
Isoteniscope, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.111, 63.2406, and
63.12005.
(27) ASTM D2879-96, Test Method for Vapor Pressure-Temperature
Relationship and Initial Decomposition Temperature of Liquids by
Isoteniscope, (Approved 1996), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.111,
63.2406, and 63.12005.
(28) ASTM D3173-03 (Reapproved 2008), Standard Test Method for
Moisture in the Analysis Sample of Coal and Coke, (Approved February 1,
2008), IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart
JJJJJJ.
(29) ASTM D3257-93, Standard Test Methods for Aromatics in Mineral
Spirits by Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. 63.786(b).
(30) ASTM D3588-98 (Reapproved 2003), Standard Practice for
Calculating Heat Value, Compressibility Factor, and Relative Density of
Gaseous Fuels, (Approved May 10, 2003), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
63.772(h) and 63.1282(g).
(31) ASTM D3695-88, Standard Test Method for Volatile Alcohols in
Water by Direct Aqueous-Injection Gas Chromatography, IBR approved for
Sec. 63.365(e).
(32) ASTM D3792-91, Standard Method for Water Content of Water-
Reducible Paints by Direct Injection into a Gas Chromatograph, IBR
approved for appendix A to subpart II.
(33) ASTM D3912-80, Standard Test Method for Chemical Resistance of
Coatings Used in Light-Water Nuclear Power Plants, IBR approved for
Sec. 63.782.
(34) ASTM D4006-11, Standard Test Method for Water in Crude Oil by
Distillation, including Annex A1 and Appendix X1, (Approved June 1,
2011), IBR approved for Sec. 63.10005(i) and table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(35) ASTM D4017-81, Standard Test Method for Water in Paints and
Paint Materials by the Karl Fischer Titration Method, IBR approved for
appendix A to subpart II.
(36) ASTM D4017-90, Standard Test Method for Water in Paints and
Paint Materials by the Karl Fischer Titration Method, IBR approved for
appendix A to subpart II.
(37) ASTM D4017-96a, Standard Test Method for Water in Paints and
Paint Materials by the Karl Fischer Titration Method, IBR approved for
appendix A to subpart II.
(38) ASTM D4057-06 (Reapproved 2011), Standard Practice for Manual
Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products, including Annex A1,
(Approved June 1, 2011), IBR approved for Sec. 63.10005(i) and table 6
to subpart DDDDD.
(39) ASTM D4082-89, Standard Test Method for Effects of Gamma
Radiation on Coatings for Use in Light-Water Nuclear Power Plants, IBR
approved for Sec. 63.782.
(40) ASTM D4084-07, Standard Test Method for Analysis of Hydrogen
Sulfide in Gaseous Fuels (Lead Acetate Reaction Rate Method), (Approved
June 1, 2007), IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(41) ASTM D4177-95 (Reapproved 2010), Standard Practice for
Automatic Sampling of Petroleum and Petroleum Products, including
Annexes A1 through A6 and Appendices X1 and X2, (Approved May 1, 2010),
IBR approved for Sec. 63.10005(i) and table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(42) ASTM D4208-02 (Reapproved 2007), Standard Test Method for
Total Chlorine in Coal by the Oxygen Bomb Combustion/Ion Selective
Electrode Method, approved May 1, 2007, IBR approved for table 6 to
subpart DDDDD.
(43) ASTM D4256-89, Standard Test Method for Determination of the
Decontaminability of Coatings Used in Light-Water Nuclear Power Plants,
IBR approved for Sec. 63.782.
(44) ASTM D4256-89 (Reapproved 94), Standard Test Method for
Determination of the Decontaminability of Coatings Used in Light-Water
Nuclear Power Plants, IBR approved for Sec. 63.782.
(45) ASTM D4606-03 (Reapproved 2007), Standard Test Method for
Determination of Arsenic and Selenium in Coal by the Hydride
Generation/Atomic Absorption Method, (Approved October 1, 2007), IBR
approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(46) ASTM D4809-95, Standard Test Method for Heat of Combustion of
Liquid Hydrocarbon Fuels by Bomb Calorimeter (Precision Method), IBR
approved for Sec. 63.11(b).
(47) ASTM D4891-89 (Reapproved 2006), Standard Test Method for
Heating Value of Gases in Natural Gas Range by Stoichiometric
Combustion, (Approved June 1, 2006), IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
63.772(h) and 63.1282(g).
(48) ASTM D5066-91 (Reapproved 2001), Standard Test Method for
Determination of the Transfer Efficiency Under Production Conditions
for Spray Application of Automotive Paints-
[[Page 11280]]
Weight Basis, IBR approved for Sec. 63.3161(g).
(49) ASTM D5087-02, Standard Test Method for Determining Amount of
Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Released from Solventborne Automotive
Coatings and Available for Removal in a VOC Control Device (Abatement),
IBR approved for Sec. 63.3165(e) and appendix A to subpart IIII.
(50) ASTM D5192-09, Standard Practice for Collection of Coal
Samples from Core, (Approved June 1, 2009), IBR approved for table 6 to
subpart DDDDD.
(51) ASTM D5198-09, Standard Practice for Nitric Acid Digestion of
Solid Waste, (Approved February 1, 2009), IBR approved for table 6 to
subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ.
(52) ASTM D5228-92, Standard Test Method for Determination of
Butane Working Capacity of Activated Carbon, (Reapproved 2005), IBR
approved for Sec. 63.11092(b).
(53) ASTM D5291-02, Standard Test Methods for Instrumental
Determination of Carbon, Hydrogen, and Nitrogen in Petroleum Products
and Lubricants, IBR approved for appendix A to subpart MMMM.
(54) ASTM D5790-95, Standard Test Method for Measurement of
Purgeable Organic Compounds in Water by Capillary Column Gas
Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry, IBR approved for Table 4 to subpart
UUUU.
(55) ASTM D5864-11, Standard Test Method for Determining Aerobic
Aquatic Biodegradation of Lubricants or Their Components, (Approved
March 1, 2011), IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(56) ASTM D5865-10a, Standard Test Method for Gross Calorific Value
of Coal and Coke, (Approved May 1, 2010), IBR approved for table 6 to
subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ.
(57) ASTM D5954-98 (Reapproved 2006), Test Method for Mercury
Sampling and Measurement in Natural Gas by Atomic Absorption
Spectroscopy, (Approved December 1, 2006), IBR approved for table 6 to
subpart DDDDD.
(58) ASTM D5965-02, Standard Test Methods for Specific Gravity of
Coating Powders, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.3151(b) and 63.3951(c).
(59) ASTM D6053-00, Standard Test Method for Determination of
Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Content of Electrical Insulating
Varnishes, IBR approved for appendix A to subpart MMMM.
(60) ASTM D6093-97 (Reapproved 2003), Standard Test Method for
Percent Volume Nonvolatile Matter in Clear or Pigmented Coatings Using
a Helium Gas Pycnometer, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.3161, 63.3521,
63.3941, 63.4141, 63.4741(b), 63.4941(b), and 63.5160(c).
(61) ASTM D6266-00a, Test Method for Determining the Amount of
Volatile Organic Compound (VOC) Released from Waterborne Automotive
Coatings and Available for Removal in a VOC Control Device (Abatement),
IBR approved for Sec. 63.3165(e).
(62) ASTM D6323-98 (Reapproved 2003), Standard Guide for Laboratory
Subsampling of Media Related to Waste Management Activities, (Approved
August 10, 2003), IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5
to subpart JJJJJJ.
(63) ASTM D6348-03, Standard Test Method for Determination of
Gaseous Compounds by Extractive Direct Interface Fourier Transform
Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.457(b) and
63.1349, table 4 to subpart DDDD, table 4 to subpart ZZZZ, and table 8
to subpart HHHHHHH.
(64) ASTM D6348-03 (Reapproved 2010), Standard Test Method for
Determination of Gaseous Compounds by Extractive Direct Interface
Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy, including Annexes A1
through A8, (Approved October 1, 2010), IBR approved for tables 1, 2,
and 5 to subpart UUUUU and appendix B to subpart UUUUU.
(65) ASTM D6350-98 (Reapproved 2003), Standard Test Method for
Mercury Sampling and Analysis in Natural Gas by Atomic Fluorescence
Spectroscopy, (Approved May 10, 2003), IBR approved for table 6 to
subpart DDDDD.
(66) ASTM D6357-11, Test Methods for Determination of Trace
Elements in Coal, Coke, and Combustion Residues from Coal Utilization
Processes by Inductively Coupled Plasma Atomic Emission Spectrometry,
(Approved April 1, 2011), IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(67) ASTM D6420-99, Standard Test Method for Determination of
Gaseous Organic Compounds by Direct Interface Gas Chromatography-Mass
Spectrometry, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.5799, 63.5850, and Table 4
of Subpart UUUU.
(68) ASTM D6420-99 (Reapproved 2004), Standard Test Method for
Determination of Gaseous Organic Compounds by Direct Interface Gas
Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry, (Approved October 1, 2004), IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 63.457(b), 63.485(g), 60.485a(g), 63.772(a),
63.772(e), 63.1282(a) and (d), 63.2351(b), and 63.2354(b), and table 8
to subpart HHHHHHH.
(69) ASTM D6522-00, Standard Test Method for Determination of
Nitrogen Oxides, Carbon Monoxide, and Oxygen Concentrations in
Emissions from Natural Gas Fired Reciprocating Engines, Combustion
Turbines, Boilers, and Process Heaters Using Portable Analyzers, IBR
approved for Sec. 63.9307(c).
(70) ASTM D6522-00 (Reapproved 2005), Standard Test Method for
Determination of Nitrogen Oxides, Carbon Monoxide, and Oxygen
Concentrations in Emissions from Natural Gas Fired Reciprocating
Engines, Combustion Turbines, Boilers, and Process Heaters Using
Portable Analyzers, (Approved October 1, 2005), IBR approved for table
4 to subpart ZZZZ, table 5 to subpart DDDDDD, table 4 to subpart
JJJJJJ, and Sec. Sec. 63.772(e) and (h)) and 63.1282(d) and (g).
(71) ASTM D6721-01 (Reapproved 2006), Standard Test Method for
Determination of Chlorine in Coal by Oxidative Hydrolysis
Microcoulometry, (Approved April 1, 2006), IBR approved for table 6 to
subpart DDDDD.
(72) ASTM D6722-01 (Reapproved 2006), Standard Test Method for
Total Mercury in Coal and Coal Combustion Residues by the Direct
Combustion Analysis, (Approved April 1, 2006), IBR approved for Table 6
to subpart DDDDD and Table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ.
(73) ASTM D6751-11b, Standard Specification for Biodiesel Fuel
Blend Stock (B100) for Middle Distillate Fuels, (Approved July 15,
2011), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.7575 and 63.11237.
(74) ASTM D6784-02 (Reapproved 2008), Standard Test Method for
Elemental, Oxidized, Particle-Bound and Total Mercury in Flue Gas
Generated from Coal-Fired Stationary Sources (Ontario Hydro Method),
(Approved April 1, 2008), IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.11646(a),
63.11647(a) and (d), tables 1, 2, 5, 11, 12t, and 13 to subpart DDDDD,
table 4 to subpart JJJJJJ, table 5 to subpart UUUUU, and appendix A to
subpart UUUUU.
(75) ASTM D6883-04, Standard Practice for Manual Sampling of
Stationary Coal from Railroad Cars, Barges, Trucks, or Stockpiles,
(Approved June 1, 2004), IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(76) ASTM D7430-11ae1, Standard Practice for Mechanical Sampling of
Coal, (Approved October 1, 2011), IBR approved for table 6 to subpart
DDDDD.
(77) ASTM E145-94 (Reapproved 2001), Standard Specification for
Gravity-Convection and Forced-Ventilation Ovens, IBR approved for
appendix A to subpart PPPP.
(78) ASTM E180-93, Standard Practice for Determining the Precision
of
[[Page 11281]]
ASTM Methods for Analysis and Testing of Industrial Chemicals, IBR
approved for Sec. 63.786(b).
(79) ASTM E260-91, General Practice for Packed Column Gas
Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.750(b) and 63.786(b).
(80) ASTM E260-96, General Practice for Packed Column Gas
Chromatography, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.750(b) and 63.786(b).
(81) ASTM E515-95 (Reapproved 2000), Standard Test Method for Leaks
Using Bubble Emission Techniques, IBR approved for Sec. 63.425(i).
(82) ASTM E711-87 (Reapproved 2004), Standard Test Method for Gross
Calorific Value of Refuse-Derived Fuel by the Bomb Calorimeter,
(Approved August 28, 1987), IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD
and table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ.
(83) ASTM E776-87 (Reapproved 2009), Standard Test Method for Forms
of Chlorine in Refuse-Derived Fuel, (Approved July 1, 2009), IBR
approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(84) ASTM E871-82 (Reapproved 2006), Standard Test Method for
Moisture Analysis of Particulate Wood Fuels, (Approved November 1,
2006), IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart
JJJJJJ.
(h) Bay Area Air Quality Management District (BAAQMD), 939 Ellis
Street, San Francisco, California 94109, http://www.arb.ca.gov/DRDB/BA/CURHTML/ST/st30.pdf.
(1) ``BAAQMD Source Test Procedure ST-30--Static Pressure Integrity
Test, Underground Storage Tanks,'' adopted November 30, 1983, and
amended December 21, 1994, IBR approved for Sec. 63.11120(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(i) British Standards Institute, 389 Chiswick High Road, London W4
4AL, United Kingdom.
(1) BS EN 1593:1999, Non-destructive Testing: Leak Testing--Bubble
Emission Techniques, IBR approved for Sec. 63.425(i).
(2) [Reserved]
(j) California Air Resources Board (CARB), Engineering and
Certification Branch, 1001 I Street, P.O. Box 2815, Sacramento, CA
95812-2815, Telephone (916) 327-0900, http://www.arb.ca.gov/vapor/vapor.htm.
(1) California Air Resources Board Vapor Recovery Test Procedure
TP-201.1--``Volumetric Efficiency for Phase I Vapor Recovery Systems,''
adopted April 12, 1996, and amended February 1, 2001 and October 8,
2003, IBR approved for Sec. 63.11120(b).
(2) California Air Resources Board Vapor Recovery Test Procedure
TP-201.1E--``Leak Rate and Cracking Pressure of Pressure/Vacuum Vent
Valves,'' adopted October 8, 2003, IBR approved for Sec. 63.11120(a).
(3) California Air Resources Board Vapor Recovery Test Procedure
TP-201.3--``Determination of 2-Inch WC Static Pressure Performance of
Vapor Recovery Systems of Dispensing Facilities,'' adopted April 12,
1996 and amended March 17, 1999, IBR approved for Sec. 63.11120(a).
(k) Environmental Protection Agency. Air and Radiation Docket and
Information Center, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20460,
telephone number (202) 566-1745.
(1) California Regulatory Requirements Applicable to the Air Toxics
Program, November 16, 2010, IBR approved for Sec. 63.99(a).
(2) New Jersey's Toxic Catastrophe Prevention Act Program, (July
20, 1998), IBR approved for Sec. 63.99(a).
(3) Delaware Department of Natural Resources and Environmental
Control, Division of Air and Waste Management, Accidental Release
Prevention Regulation, sections 1 through 5 and sections 7 through 14,
effective January 11, 1999, IBR approved for Sec. 63.99(a).
(4) State of Delaware Regulations Governing the Control of Air
Pollution (October 2000), IBR approved for Sec. 63.99(a).
(5) Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection
regulations at 310 CMR 7.26(10)-(16), Air Pollution Control, effective
as of September 5, 2008, corrected March 6, 2009, and 310 CMR 70.00,
Environmental Results Program Certification, effective as of December
28, 2007. IBR approved for Sec. 63.99(a).
(6)(i) New Hampshire Regulations Applicable to Hazardous Air
Pollutants, March, 2003. IBR approved for Sec. 63.99(a).
(ii) New Hampshire Regulations Applicable to Hazardous Air
Pollutants, September 2006. IBR approved for Sec. 63.99(a).
(7) Maine Department of Environmental Protection regulations at
Chapter 125, Perchloroethylene Dry Cleaner Regulation, effective as of
June 2, 1991, last amended on June 24, 2009. IBR approved for Sec.
63.99(a).
(8) California South Coast Air Quality Management District's
``Spray Equipment Transfer Efficiency Test Procedure for Equipment
User, May 24, 1989,'' IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.11173(e) and
63.11516(d).
(9) California South Coast Air Quality Management District's
``Guidelines for Demonstrating Equivalency with District Approved
Transfer Efficient Spray Guns, September 26, 2002,'' Revision 0, IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 63.11173(e) and 63.11516(d).
(10) Rhode Island Department of Environmental Management
regulations at Air Pollution Control Regulation No. 36, Control of
Emissions from Organic Solvent Cleaning, effective April 8, 1996, last
amended October 9, 2008, IBR approved for Sec. 63.99(a).
(11) Rhode Island Air Pollution Control, General Definitions
Regulation, effective July 19, 2007, last amended October 9, 2008. IBR
approved for Sec. 63.99(a).
(12) Alaska Statute 42.45.045. Renewable energy grant fund and
recommendation program, available at http://www.legis.state.ak.us/basis/folio.asp, IBR approved for Sec. 63.6675.
(l) U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue
NW., Washington, DC 20460, (202) 272-0167, http://www.epa.gov.
(1) EPA-453/R-01-005, National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air
Pollutants (NESHAP) for Integrated Iron and Steel Plants--Background
Information for Proposed Standards, Final Report, January 2001, IBR
approved for Sec. 63.7491(g).
(2) EPA-454/R-98-015, Office Of Air Quality Planning And Standards
(OAQPS), Fabric Filter Bag Leak Detection Guidance, September 1997, IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 63.548(e), 63.7525(j), and 63.11224(f).
(3) SW-846-3020A, Acid Digestion of Aqueous Samples And Extracts
For Total Metals For Analysis By GFAA Spectroscopy, Revision 1, July
1992, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid
Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition, IBR approved for table
6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart JJJJJJ.
(4) SW-846-3050B, Acid Digestion of Sediments, Sludges, and Soils,
Revision 2, December 1996, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods
for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition,
IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to subpart
JJJJJJ.
(5) SW-846-7470A, Mercury In Liquid Waste (Manual Cold-Vapor
Technique), Revision 1, September 1994, in EPA Publication No. SW-846,
Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods,
Third Edition, IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to
subpart JJJJJJ.
(6) SW-846-7471B, Mercury In Solid Or Semisolid Waste (Manual Cold-
Vapor Technique), Revision 2, February 2007, in EPA Publication No. SW-
846, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical
Methods,
[[Page 11282]]
Third Edition, IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD and table 5 to
subpart JJJJJJ.
(7) SW-846-8015C, Nonhalogenated Organics by Gas Chromatography,
Revision 3, February 2007, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods
for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition,
IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.11960, 63.11980, and table 10 to subpart
HHHHHHH.
(8) SW-846-8260B, Volatile Organic Compounds by Gas Chromatography/
Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS), Revision 2, December 1996, in EPA
Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste,
Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
63.11960, 63.11980, and table 10 to subpart HHHHHHH.
(9) SW-846-8270D, Semivolatile Organic Compounds by Gas
Chromatography/Mass Spectrometry (GC/MS), Revision 4, February 2007, in
EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste,
Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
63.11960, 63.11980, and table 10 to subpart HHHHHHH.
(10) SW-846-8315A, Determination of Carbonyl Compounds by High
Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC), Revision 1, December 1996, in
EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste,
Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
63.11960 and 63.11980, and table 10 to subpart HHHHHHH.
(11) SW-846-5050, Bomb Preparation Method for Solid Waste, Revision
0, September 1994, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods for
Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition IBR
approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(12) SW-846-6010C, Inductively Coupled Plasma-Atomic Emission
Spectrometry, Revision 3, February 2007, in EPA Publication No. SW-846,
Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods,
Third Edition, IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(13) SW-846-6020A, Inductively Coupled Plasma-Mass Spectrometry,
Revision 1, February 2007, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods
for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition,
IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(14) SW-846-7060A, Arsenic (Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique),
Revision 1, September 1994, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods
for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition,
IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(15) SW-846-7740, Selenium (Atomic Absorption, Furnace Technique),
Revision 0, September 1986, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods
for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition,
IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(16) SW-846-9056, Determination of Inorganic Anions by Ion
Chromatography, Revision 1, February 2007, in EPA Publication No. SW-
846, Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical
Methods, Third Edition, IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(17) SW-846-9076, Test Method for Total Chlorine in New and Used
Petroleum Products by Oxidative Combustion and Microcoulometry,
Revision 0, September 1994, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test Methods
for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third Edition,
IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(18) SW-846-9250, Chloride (Colorimetric, Automated Ferricyanide
AAI), Revision 0, September 1986, in EPA Publication No. SW-846, Test
Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical Methods, Third
Edition, IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(19) Method 200.8, Determination of Trace Elements in Waters and
Wastes by Inductively Coupled Plasma--Mass Spectrometry, Revision 5.4,
1994, IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(20) Method 1631 Revision E, Mercury in Water by Oxidation, Purge
and Trap, and Cold Vapor Atomic Absorption Fluorescence Spectrometry,
Revision E, EPA-821-R-02-019, August 2002, IBR approved for table 6 to
subpart DDDDD.
(m) International Standards Organization (ISO), 1, ch. de la Voie-
Creuse, Case postale 56, CH-1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland, +41 22 749 01
11, http://www.iso.org/iso/home.htm.
(1) ISO 6978-1:2003(E), Natural Gas--Determination of Mercury--Part
1: Sampling of Mercury by Chemisorption on Iodine, First edition,
October 15, 2003, IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(2) ISO 6978-2:2003(E), Natural gas--Determination of Mercury--Part
2: Sampling of Mercury by Amalgamation on Gold/Platinum Alloy, First
edition, October 15, 2003, IBR approved for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(n) National Council of the Paper Industry for Air and Stream
Improvement, Inc. (NCASI), P.O. Box 133318, Research Triangle Park, NC
27709-3318 or at http://www.ncasi.org.
(1) NCASI Method DI/MEOH-94.03, Methanol in Process Liquids and
Wastewaters by GC/FID, Issued May 2000, IBR approved for Sec. Sec.
63.457 and 63.459.
(2) NCASI Method CI/WP-98.01, Chilled Impinger Method For Use At
Wood Products Mills to Measure Formaldehyde, Methanol, and Phenol,
1998, Methods Manual, IBR approved for table 4 to subpart DDDD.
(3) NCASI Method DI/HAPS-99.01, Selected HAPs In Condensates by GC/
FID, Issued February 2000, IBR approved for Sec. 63.459(b).
(4) NCASI Method IM/CAN/WP-99.02, Impinger/Canister Source Sampling
Method for Selected HAPs and Other Compounds at Wood Products
Facilities, January 2004, Methods Manual, IBR approved for table 4 to
subpart DDDD.
(5) NCASI Method ISS/FP A105.01, Impinger Source Sampling Method
for Selected Aldehydes, Ketones, and Polar Compounds, December 2005,
Methods Manual, IBR approved for table 4 to subpart DDDD.
(o) National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal
Road, Springfield, VA 22161, (703) 605-6000 or (800) 553-6847; or for
purchase from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing
Office, Washington, DC 20402, (202) 512-1800.
(1) Handbook 44, Specificiations, Tolerances, and Other Technical
Requirements for Weighing and Measuring Devices 1998, IBR approved for
Sec. 63.1303(e).
(2) ``Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste, Physical/Chemical
Methods,'' EPA Publication SW-846, Third Edition. (A suffix of ``A'' in
the method number indicates revision one (the method has been revised
once). A suffix of ``B'' in the method number indicates revision two
(the method has been revised twice).
(i) Method 0023A, ``Sampling Method for Polychlorinated Dibenzo-p-
Dioxins and Polychlorinated Dibenzofuran Emissions from Stationary
Sources,'' dated December 1996, IBR approved for Sec. 63.1208(b).
(ii) Method 9071B, ``n-Hexane Extractable Material (HEM) for
Sludge, Sediment, and Solid Samples,'' dated April 1998, IBR approved
for Sec. 63.7824(e).
(iii) Method 9095A, ``Paint Filter Liquids Test,'' dated December
1996, IBR approved for Sec. Sec. 63.7700(b) and 63.7765.
(iv) Method 9095B, ``Paint Filter Liquids Test,'' (revision 2),
dated November 2004, IBR approved for the definition of ``Free organic
liquids'' in Sec. Sec. 63.10692, 63.10885(a), and the definition of
``Free liquids'' in Sec. 63.10906.
[[Page 11283]]
(v) SW-846 74741B, Revision 2, ``Mercury in Solid or Semisolid
Waste (Manual Cold-Vapor Technique),'' February 2007, IBR approved for
Sec. 63.11647(f).
(3) National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH)
test method compendium, ``NIOSH Manual of Analytical Methods,'' NIOSH
publication no. 94-113, Fourth Edition, August 15, 1994.
(i) NIOSH Method 2010, ``Amines, Aliphatic,'' Issue 2, August 15,
1994, IBR approved for Sec. 63.7732(g).
(ii) [Reserved]
(p) North American Electric Reliability Corporation, 1325 G Street,
NW., Suite 600, Washington, DC 20005-3801, http://www.nerc.com, http://www.nerc.com/files/EOP0002-3_1.pdf.
(1) North American Electric Reliability Corporation Reliability
Standard EOP-002-3, Capacity and Energy Emergencies, adopted August 5,
2010, IBR approved for Sec. 63.6640(f).
(2)[Reserved]
(q) Technical Association of the Pulp and Paper Industry (TAPPI),
15 Technology Parkway South, Norcross, GA 30092, (800) 332-8686, http://www.tappi.org.
(1) TAPPI T 266, Determination of Sodium, Calcium, Copper, Iron,
and Manganese in Pulp and Paper by Atomic Absorption Spectroscopy
(Reaffirmation of T 266 om-02), Draft No. 2, July 2006, IBR approved
for table 6 to subpart DDDDD.
(2) [Reserved]
(r) Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) Library, Post
Office Box 13087, Austin, Texas 78711-3087, telephone number (512) 239-
0028, http://www.tceq.state.tx.us/assets/public/implementation/air/sip/sipdocs/2002-12-HGB/02046sipapp_ado.pdf.
(1) ``Air Stripping Method (Modified El Paso Method) for
Determination of Volatile Organic Compound Emissions from Water
Sources,'' Revision Number One, dated January 2003, Sampling Procedures
Manual, Appendix P: Cooling Tower Monitoring, January 31, 2003, IBR
approved for Sec. Sec. 63.654 and 63.11920.
(2) [Reserved]
Subpart G--[Amended]
0
43. Amend Sec. 63.144 by adding paragraphs (b)(5)(i)(G) and (H) to
read as follows:
Sec. 63.144 Process wastewater provisions--test methods and
procedures for determining applicability and Group 1/Group 2
determinations (determining which wastewater streams require control).
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(5) * * *
(i) * * *
(G) Method 8260B. Use procedures specified in Method 8260B in the
SW-846 Compendium of Methods.
(H) Method 316. Use Method 316 to determine formaldehyde
concentration.
* * * * *
Subpart N--[Amended]
0
44. Amend Sec. 63.344 by adding paragraph (c)(5) to read as follows:
Sec. 63.344 Performance test requirements and test methods.
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(5) The South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Method
205.1 (which is available by contacting the South Coast AQMD, 21865
Copley Dr, Diamond Bar, CA 91765) may be used to determine the total
chromium concentration from hard and decorative chromium electroplating
tanks and chromium anodizing tanks.
* * * * *
Subpart O--[Amended]
0
45. Amend Sec. 63.364 by revising paragraph (e) to read as follows:
Sec. 63.364 Monitoring requirements.
* * * * *
(e) Measure and record once per hour the ethylene oxide
concentration at the outlet to the atmosphere after any control device
according to the procedures specified in Sec. 63.365(c)(1). The owner
or operator shall compute and record a 24-hour average daily. The owner
or operator will install, calibrate, operate, and maintain a monitor
consistent with the requirements of performance specification (PS) 8 or
9 in 40 CFR part 60, appendix B, to measure ethylene oxide. The daily
calibration requirements of section 7.2 of PS-9 or Section 13.1 of PS-8
are required only on days when ethylene oxide emissions are vented to
the control device.
* * * * *
0
46. Amend Sec. 63.365 by revising the introductory text of paragraph
(b) to read as follows:
Sec. 63.365 Test methods and procedures.
* * * * *
(b) Efficiency at the sterilization chamber vent. California Air
Resources Board (CARB) Method 431 or the following procedures shall be
used to determine the efficiency of all types of control devices used
to comply with Sec. 63.362(c), sterilization chamber vent standard.
* * * * *
Subpart Y--[Amended]
0
47. Amend Sec. 63.565 by revising paragraphs (d)(5), (8), and (10) and
(g) to read as follows:
Sec. 63.565 Test methods and procedures.
* * * * *
(d) * * *
(5) Recovery devices. The average VOC concentration in the vent
upstream and downstream of the control device shall be determined using
Method 25A or 25B of appendix A-7 to part 60 of this chapter for
recovery devices. The average VOC concentration shall correspond to the
volume measurement by taking into account the sampling system response
time.
* * * * *
(8) Where Method 25, 25A, or 25B is used to measure the percent
reduction in VOC, the percent reduction across the combustion or
recovery device shall be calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR27FE14.025
Where:
R = control efficiency of control device, percent.
Ei = mass flow rate of VOC at the inlet to the combustion
or recovery device as calculated under paragraph (c)(7) of this
section, kg/hr.
Eo = mass flow rate of VOC at the outlet of the
combustion or recovery device, as calculated under paragraph (c)(7)
of this section, kg/hr.
* * * * *
(10) Use of methods other than Method 25, 25A, or 25B shall be
validated pursuant to Method 301 of appendix A to part 63 of this
chapter.
* * * * *
(g) Baseline outlet VOC concentration. The procedures in this
paragraph shall be used to determine the outlet VOC concentration
required in Sec. 63.563(b)(4), (6), (7), and (8) for combustion
devices except flare, carbon adsorbers, condenser/refrigeration units,
and absorbers, respectively, and to monitor the VOC concentration as
required in Sec. 63.564(e), (g), (h), and (i). The owner or operator
shall use the procedures outlined in Method 25A or 25B. For the
baseline VOC concentration, the arithmetic average of the outlet VOC
concentration from three test runs from paragraph (d) of this section
shall be calculated for the control device. The VOC concentration shall
be measured at least every 15 minutes. Compliance testing of VOC CEMS
shall be performed using PS 8.
* * * * *
[[Page 11284]]
Subpart GG--[Amended]
0
48. Amend Sec. 63.750 by revising paragraph (o) to read as follows:
Sec. 63.750 Test methods and procedures.
* * * * *
(o) Inorganic HAP emissions--dry particulate filter certification
requirements. Dry particulate filters used to comply with Sec.
63.745(g)(2) or Sec. 63.746(b)(4) must be certified by the filter
manufacturer or distributor, paint/depainting booth supplier, and/or
the facility owner or operator using method 319 in appendix A of this
part, to meet or exceed the efficiency data points found in Tables 1
and 2, or 3 and 4 of Sec. 63.745 for existing or new sources
respectively.
Subpart GGG--[Amended]
0
49. Amend Sec. 63.1251 by revising the definition of ``Process vent''
to read as follows:
Sec. 63.1251 Definitions.
* * * * *
Process vent means a vent from a unit operation or vents from
multiple unit operations within a process that are manifolded together
into a common header, through which a HAP-containing gas stream is, or
has the potential to be, released to the atmosphere. Examples of
process vents include, but are not limited to, vents on condensers used
for product recovery, bottom receivers, surge control vessels,
reactors, filters, centrifuges, and process tanks. Emission streams
that are undiluted and uncontrolled containing less than 50 ppmv HAP,
as determined through process knowledge that no HAP are present in the
emission stream or using an engineering assessment as discussed in
Sec. 63.1257(d)(2)(ii); test data using Method 18 of 40 CFR part 60,
appendix A-6; Method 320 of 40 CFR part 63; or any other test method
that has been validated according to the procedures in Method 301 of
appendix A of this part, are not considered process vents. Process
vents do not include vents on storage tanks regulated under Sec.
63.1253, vents on wastewater emission sources regulated under Sec.
63.1256, or pieces of equipment regulated under Sec. 63.1255.
* * * * *
Subpart RRR--[Amended]
0
50. Amend Sec. 63.1511 by revising paragraph (c)(9) as to read
follows:
Sec. 63.1511 Performance test/compliance demonstration general
requirements.
* * * * *
(c) * * *
(9) Method 26A for the concentration of HCl. Where a lime-injected
fabric filter is used as the control device to comply with the 90
percent reduction standard, the owner or operator must measure the
fabric filter inlet concentration of HCl at a point before lime is
introduced to the system. Method 26 may be used in place of Method 26A
where it can be demonstrated that there are no water droplets in the
emission stream. This can be demonstrated by showing that the vapor
pressure of water in the emission stream that you are testing is less
than the equilibrium vapor pressure of water at the emission stream
temperature, and by certifying that the emission stream is not
controlled by a wet scrubber.
* * * * *
Subpart CCCC--[Amended]
0
51. Revise Table 2 to subpart CCCC to read as follows:
As stated in Sec. 63.2161, if you demonstrate compliance by
monitoring brew ethanol, you must comply with the requirements for
performance tests in the following table:
Table 2 to Subpart CCCC of Part 63--Requirements for Performance Tests
[Brew Ethanol Monitoring Only]
------------------------------------------------------------------------
For each fed-batch fermenter
for which compliance is
determined by monitoring
brew ethanol concentration
and calculating VOC According to the
concentration in the Using . . . following
fermenter exhaust according requirements . . .
to the procedures in Sec.
63.2161, you must . . .
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Measure VOC as propane... Method 25A *, or an You must measure the
alternative VOC concentration
validated by EPA in the fermenter
Method 301 * and exhaust at any
approved by the point prior to the
Administrator. dilution of the
exhaust stream.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
* EPA Test Methods found in Appendix A of 40 CFR part 60.
Subpart UUUU--[Amended]
0
52. Revise Table 4 to subpart UUUU to read as follows:
As required in Sec. Sec. 63.5530(b) and 63.5535(a), (b), (g)(1),
and (h)(1), you must conduct performance tests, other initial
compliance demonstrations, and CEMS performance evaluations and
establish operating limits according to the requirements in the
following table:
Table 4 to Subpart UUUU of Part 63--Requirements for Performance Tests
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
according to the
For . . . at . . . you must . . . using . . . following requirements
. . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. the sum of all process vents a. each existing i. select EPA Method 1 or sampling sites must be
or new affected sampling port's 1A in appendix A located at the inlet
source. location and the to 40 CFR Sec. and outlet to each
number of 63.7(d)(1)(i); control device;
traverse points;
ii. determine EPA Method 2, 2A, you may use EPA Method
velocity and 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G
volumetric flow 2G in appendices as an alternative to
rate; A-1 and A-2 to using EPA Method 2,
part 60 of this as appropriate;
chapter;
[[Page 11285]]
iii. conduct gas (1) EPA Method 3, you may use EPA Method
analysis; and, 3A, or 3B in 3A or 3B as an
appendix A-2 to alternative to using
part 60 of this EPA Method 3; or,
chapter; or,
(2) ASME PTC you may use ASME PTC
19.10-1981--Part 19.10-1981--Part 10
10; and, (available for
purchase from Three
Park Avenue, New
York, NY 10016-5990)
as an alternative to
using EPA Method 3B.
iv. measure EPA Method 4 in
moisture content appendix A-3 to
of the stack part 60 of this
gas. chapter.
2. the sum of all viscose a. each existing i. measure total (1) EPA Method 15 (a) you must conduct
process vents. or new viscose sulfide in appendix A-5 testing of emissions
process source. emissions. to part 60 of at the inlet and
this chapter; or outlet of each
control device;
(b) you must conduct
testing of emissions
from continuous
viscose process vents
and combinations of
batch and continuous
viscose process vents
at normal operating
conditions, as
specified in Sec.
Sec. 63.7(e)(1) and
63.5535;
(c) you must conduct
testing of emissions
from batch viscose
process vents as
specified in Sec.
63.490(c), except
that the emission
reductions required
for process vents
under this subpart
supersede the
emission reductions
required for process
vents under subpart U
of this part; and
(d) you must collect
CPMS data during the
period of the initial
compliance
demonstration and
determine the CPMS
operating limit
during the period of
the initial
compliance
demonstration; or
(2) carbon (a) you must measure
disulfide and/or emissions at the
hydrogen sulfide inlet and outlet of
CEMS, as each control device
applicable; using CEMS;
(b) you must install,
operate, and maintain
the CEMS according to
the applicable
performance
specification (PS-7,
PS-8, PS-9, or PS-15)
of 40 CFR part 60,
appendix B; and
(c) you must collect
CEMS emissions data
at the inlet and
outlet of each
control device during
the period of the
initial compliance
demonstration and
determine the CEMS
operating limit
during the period of
the initial
compliance
demonstration.
3. the sum of all solvent a. each existing i. measure (1) EPA Method 18 (a) you must conduct
coating process vents. or new toluene in appendix A-6 testing of emissions
cellophane emissions. to part 60 of at the inlet and
operation. this chapter, or outlet of each
Method 320 in control device;
appendix A to
part 63, or
(b) you may use EPA
Method 18 or 320 to
determine the control
efficiency of any
control device for
organic compounds;
for a combustion
device, you must use
only HAP that are
present in the inlet
to the control device
to characterize the
percent reduction
across the combustion
device;
(c) you must conduct
testing of emissions
from continuous
solvent coating
process vents and
combinations of batch
and continuous
solvent coating
process vents at
normal operating
conditions, as
specified in Sec.
Sec. 63.7(e)(1) and
63.5535;
[[Page 11286]]
(d) you must conduct
testing of emissions
from batch solvent
coating process vents
as specified in Sec.
63.490(c), except
that the emission
reductions required
for process vents
under this subpart
supersede the
emission reductions
required for process
vents under subpart U
of this part; and
(e) you must collect
CPMS data during the
period of the initial
compliance
demonstration and
determine the CPMS
operating limit
during the initial
compliance
demonstration; or
(2) ASTM D6420-99 (a) you must conduct
testing of emissions
at the inlet and
outlet of each
control device;
(b) you may use ASTM
D6420-99 (available
for purchase from at
least one of the
following addresses:
100 Barr Harbor
Drive, West
Conshohocken, PA
19428-2959; or
University Microfilms
International, 300
North Zeeb Road, Ann
Arbor, MI 48106) as
an alternative to EPA
Method 18 only where:
the target
compound(s) are those
listed in Section 1.1
of ASTM D6420-99; and
the target
concentration is
between 150 parts per
billion by volume
(ppbv) and 100 ppmv;
for target
compound(s) not
listed in Section 1.1
of ASTM D6420-99, but
potentially detected
by mass spectrometry,
the additional system
continuing
calibration check
after each run, as
detailed in Section
10.5.3 of the ASTM
method, must be
followed, met,
documented, and
submitted with the
data report even if
there is no moisture
condenser used or the
compound is not
considered water
soluble; and for
target compound(s)
not listed in Section
1.1 of ASTM D6420-99
and not amenable to
detection by mass
spectrometry, ASTM
D6420-99 does not
apply;
(c) you must conduct
testing of emissions
from continuous
solvent coating
process vents and
combinations of batch
and continuous
solvent coating
process vents at
normal operating
conditions, as
specified in Sec.
Sec. 63.7(e)(1) and
63.5535;
(d) you must conduct
testing of emissions
from batch solvent
coating process vents
as specified in Sec.
63.490(c), except
that the emission
reductions required
for process vents
under this subpart
supersede the
emission reductions
required for process
vents under subpart U
of this part; and,
(e) you must collect
CPMS data during the
period of the initial
compliance
demonstration and
determine the CPMS
operating limit
during the period of
the initial
compliance
demonstration.
4. the sum of all cellulose a. each existing i. measure total (1) EPA Method 18 (a) you must conduct
ether process vents. or new cellulose organic HAP in appendix A-6 testing of emissions
ether operation. emissions. to part 60 of at the inlet and
this chapter or outlet of each
Method 320 in control device;
appendix A to (b) you may use EPA
part 63, or Method 18 or 320 to
determine the control
efficiency of any
control device for
organic compounds;
for a combustion
device, you must use
only HAP that are
present in the inlet
to the control device
to characterize the
percent reduction
across the combustion
device;
[[Page 11287]]
(c) you must conduct
testing of emissions
from continuous
cellulose ether
process vents and
combinations of batch
and continuous
cellulose ether
process vents at
normal operating
conditions, as
specified in Sec.
Sec. 63.7(e)(1) and
63.5535;
(d) you must conduct
testing of emissions
from batch cellulose
ether process vents
as specified in Sec.
63.490(c), except
that the emission
reductions required
for process vents
under this subpart
supersede the
emission reductions
required for process
vents under subpart U
of this part; and
(e) you must collect
CPMS data during the
period of the initial
performance test and
determine the CPMS
operating limit
during the period of
the initial
performance test;
(2) ASTM D6420-99 (a) you must conduct
testing of emissions
at the inlet and
outlet of each
control device;
(b) you may use ASTM
D6420-99 (available
for purchase from at
least one of the
following addresses:
100 Barr Harbor
Drive, West
Conshohocken, PA
19428-2959; or
University Microfilms
International, 300
North Zeeb Road, Ann
Arbor, MI 48106) as
an alternative to EPA
Method 18 only where:
the target
compound(s) are those
listed in Section 1.1
of ASTM D6420-99; and
the target
concentration is
between 150 ppbv and
100 ppmv; for target
compound(s) not
listed in Section 1.1
of ASTM D6420-99, but
potentially detected
by mass spectrometry,
the additional system
continuing
calibration check
after each run, as
detailed in Section
10.5.3 of the ASTM
method, must be
followed, met,
documented, and
submitted with the
data report even if
there is no moisture
condenser used or the
compound is not
considered water
soluble; and for
target compound(s)
not listed in Section
1.1 of ASTM D6420-99
and not amenable to
detection by mass
spectrometry, ASTM
D6420-99 does not
apply; target
concentration is
between 150 ppbv and
100 ppmv for target
compound(s).
(c) you must conduct
testing of emissions
from continuous
cellulose ether
process vents and
combinations of batch
and continuous
cellulose ether
process vents at
normal operating
conditions, as
specified in Sec.
Sec. 63.7(e)(1) and
63.5535;
(d) you must conduct
testing of emissions
from batch cellulose
ether process vents
as specified in Sec.
63.490(c), except
that the emission
reductions required
for process vents
under this subpart
supersede the
emission reductions
required for process
vents under subpart U
of this part; and
(e) you must collect
CPMS data during the
period of the initial
performance test and
determine the CPMS
operating limit
during the period of
the initial
performance test.
(3) EPA Method 25 (a) you must conduct
in appendix A-7 testing of emissions
to part 60 of at the inlet and
this chapter; or outlet of each
control device;
[[Page 11288]]
(b) you may use EPA
Method 25 to
determine the control
efficiency of
combustion devices
for organic
compounds; you may
not use EPA Method 25
to determine the
control efficiency of
noncombustion control
devices;
(c) you must conduct
testing of emissions
from continuous
cellulose ether
process vents and
combinations of batch
and continuous
cellulose ether
process vents at
normal operating
conditions, as
specified in Sec.
Sec. 63.7(e)(1) and
63.5535;
(d) you must conduct
testing of emissions
from batch cellulose
ether process vents
as specified in Sec.
63.490(c), except
that the emission
reductions required
for process vents
under this subpart
supersede the
emission reductions
required for process
vents under subpart U
of this part; and
(e) you must collect
CPMS data during the
period of the initial
performance test and
determine the CPMS
operating limit
during the period of
the initial
performance test; or
(4) EPA Method (a) you must conduct
25A in appendix testing of emissions
A-7 to part 60 at the inlet and
of this chapter outlet of each
control device;
(b) you may use EPA
Method 25A if: an
exhaust gas volatile
organic matter
concentration of 50
ppmv or less is
required in order to
comply with the
emission limit; the
volatile organic
matter concentration
at the inlet to the
control device and
the required level of
control are such as
to result in exhaust
volatile organic
matter concentrations
of 50 ppmv or less;
or because of the
high control
efficiency of the
control device, the
anticipated volatile
organic matter
concentration at the
control device
exhaust is 50 ppmv or
less, regardless of
the inlet
concentration;
(c) you must conduct
testing of emissions
from continuous
cellulose ether
process vents and
combinations of batch
and continuous
cellulose ether
process vents at
normal operating
conditions, as
specified in Sec.
Sec. 63.7(e)(1) and
63.5535;
(d) you must conduct
testing of emissions
from batch cellulose
ether process vents
as specified in Sec.
63.490(c), except
that the emission
reductions required
for process vents
under this subpart
supersede the
emission reductions
required for process
vents under subpart U
of this part; and,
(e) you must collect
CPMS data during the
period of the initial
performance test and
determine the CPMS
operating limit
during the period of
the initial
performance test.
5. each toluene storage vessel. a. each existing i. measure (1) EPA Method 18 (a) if venting to a
or new toluene in appendix A-6 control device to
cellophane emissions. to part 60 of reduce emissions, you
operation. this chapter or must conduct testing
Method 320 in of emissions at the
appendix A to inlet and outlet of
part 63; or each control device;
[[Page 11289]]
(b) you may use EPA
Method 18 or 320 to
determine the control
efficiency of any
control device for
organic compounds;
for a combustion
device, you must use
only HAP that are
present in the inlet
to the control device
to characterize the
percent reduction
across the combustion
device;
(c) you must conduct
testing of emissions
from continuous
storage vessel vents
and combinations of
batch and continuous
storage vessel vents
at normal operating
conditions, as
specified in Sec.
Sec. 63.7(e)(1) and
63.5535 for
continuous process
vents;
(d) you must conduct
testing of emissions
from batch storage
vessel vents as
specified in Sec.
63.490(c) for batch
process vents, except
that the emission
reductions required
for process vents
under this subpart
supersede the
emission reductions
required for process
vents under subpart U
of this part; and,
(e) you must collect
CPMS data during the
period of the initial
compliance
demonstration and
determine the CPMS
operating limit
during the period of
the initial
compliance
demonstration; or
(2) ASTM D6420-99 (a) if venting to a
control device to
reduce emissions, you
must conduct testing
of emissions at the
inlet and outlet of
each control device;
(b) you may use ASTM
D6420-99 (available
for purchase from at
least one of the
following addresses:
100 Barr Harbor
Drive, West
Conshohocken, PA
19428-2959; or
University Microfilms
International, 300
North Zeeb Road, Ann
Arbor, MI 48106) as
an alternative to EPA
Method 18 only where:
the target
compound(s) are those
listed in Section 1.1
of ASTM D6420-99, and
the target
concentration is
between 150 ppbv and
100 ppmv; for target
compound(s) not
listed in Section 1.1
of ASTM D6420-99, but
potentially detected
by mass spectrometry,
the additional system
continuing
calibration check
after each run, as
detailed in Section
10.5.3 of the ASTM
method, must be
followed, met,
documented, and
submitted with the
data report even if
there is no moisture
condenser used or the
compound is not
considered water
soluble; and for
target compound(s)
not listed in Section
1.1 of ASTM D6420-99
and not amenable to
detection by mass
spectrometry, ASTM
D6420-99 does not
apply;
(c) you must conduct
testing of emissions
from continuous
storage vessel vents
and combinations of
batch and continuous
storage vessel vents
at normal operating
conditions, as
specified in Sec.
Sec. 63.7(e)(1) and
63.5535 for
continuous process
vents;
(d) you must conduct
testing of emissions
from batch storage
vessel vents as
specified in Sec.
63.490(c) for batch
process vents, except
that the emission
reductions required
for process vents
under this subpart
supersede the
emission reductions
required for process
vents under subpart U
of this part; and,
[[Page 11290]]
(e) you must collect
CPMS data during the
period of the initial
compliance
demonstration and
determine the CPMS
operating limit
during the period of
the initial
compliance
demonstration.
6. the sum of all process vents a. each existing i. measure (1) EPA Method 22 (a) you must conduct
controlled using a flare. or new affected visible in appendix A-7 the flare visible
source. emissions. to part 60 of emissions test
this chapter. according to Sec.
63.11(b).
7. equipment leaks............. a. each existing i. measure leak (1) applicable (a) you must follow
or new cellulose rate. equipment leak all requirements for
ether operation. test methods in the applicable
Sec. 63.180; equipment leak test
or methods in Sec.
63.180; or
(2) applicable (a) you must follow
equipment leak all requirements for
test methods in the applicable
Sec. 63.1023 equipment leak test
methods in Sec.
63.1023.
8. all sources of wastewater a. each existing i. measure (1) applicable (a) You must follow
emissions. or new cellulose wastewater HAP wastewater test all requirements for
ether operation. emissions. methods and the applicable
procedures in wastewater test
Sec. Sec. methods and
63.144 and procedures in Sec.
63.145; or Sec. 63.144 and
63.145; or
(2) applicable (a) you must follow
wastewater test all requirements for
methods and the applicable waste
procedures in water test methods
Sec. Sec. and procedures in
63.144 and Sec. Sec. 63.144
63.145, using and 63.145, except
ASTM D5790-95 as that you may use ASTM
an alternative D5790-95 (available
to EPA Method for purchase from at
624 in appendix least one of the
A to part 163 of following addresses:
this chapter. 100 Barr Harbor
Drive, West
Conshohocken, PA
19428-2959; or
University Microfilms
International, 300
North Zeeb Road, Ann
Arbor, MI 48106) as
an alternative to EPA
Method 624, under the
condition that this
ASTM method be used
with the sampling
procedures of EPA
Method 25D or an
equivalent method.
9. any emission point.......... a. each existing i. conduct a CEMS (1) applicable (a) you must conduct
or new affected performance requirements in the CEMS performance
source using a evaluation. Sec. 63.8 and evaluation during the
CEMS to applicable period of the initial
demonstrate performance compliance
compliance. specification demonstration
(PS-7, PS-8, PS- according to the
9, or PS-15) in applicable
appendix B to requirements in Sec.
part 60 of this 63.8 and the
chapter. applicable
performance
specification (PS-7,
PS-8, PS-9, or PS-15)
of 40 CFR part 60,
appendix B;
(b) you must install,
operate, and maintain
the CEMS according to
the applicable
performance
specification (PS-7,
PS-8, PS-9, or PS-15)
of 40 CFR part 60,
appendix B; and
(c) you must collect
CEMS emissions data
at the inlet and
outlet of each
control device during
the period of the
initial compliance
demonstration and
determine the CEMS
operating limit
during the period of
the initial
compliance
demonstration.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subpart ZZZZ--[Amended]
0
53. Revise Table 4 to subpart ZZZZ to read as follows:
As stated in Sec. Sec. 63.6610, 63.6611, 63.6620, and 63.6640, you
must comply with the following requirements for performance tests for
stationary RICE:
[[Page 11291]]
Table 4 to Subpart ZZZZ of Part 63--Requirements for Performance Tests
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Complying with According to the
For each . . . the requirement You must . . . Using . . . following requirements
to . . . . . .
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. 2SLB, 4SLB, and CI a. reduce CO i. Select the ................. (a) For CO and O2
stationary RICE. emissions. sampling port measurement, ducts
location and the <=6 inches in
number/location diameter may be
of traverse sampled at a single
points at the point located at the
inlet and outlet duct centroid and
of the control ducts >6 and <=12
device; and inches in diameter
may be sampled at 3
traverse points
located at 16.7,
50.0, and 83.3% of
the measurement line
(`3-point long
line'). If the duct
is >12 inches in
diameter and the
sampling port
location meets the
two and half-diameter
criterion of Section
11.1.1 of Method 1 of
40 CFR part 60,
appendix A-1, the
duct may be sampled
at `3-point long
line'; otherwise,
conduct the
stratification
testing and select
sampling points
according to Section
8.1.2 of Method 7E of
40 CFR part 60,
appendix A-4.
ii. Measure the (1) Method 3 or (b) Measurements to
O2 at the inlet 3A or 3B of 40 determine O2 must be
and outlet of CFR part 60, made at the same time
the control appendix A-2, or as the measurements
device; and ASTM Method for CO concentration.
D6522-00
(Reapproved
2005)a c (heated
probe not
necessary).
iii. Measure the (1) ASTM D6522-00 (c) The CO
CO at the inlet (Reapproved concentration must be
and the outlet 2005)a b c at 15 percent O2, dry
of the control (heated probe basis.
device. not necessary)
or Method 10 of
40 CFR part 60,
appendix A-4.
2. 4SRB stationary RICE........ a. reduce i. Select the ................. (a) For formaldehyde,
formaldehyde sampling port O2, and moisture
emissions. location and the measurement, ducts
number/location <=6 inches in
of traverse diameter may be
points at the sampled at a single
inlet and outlet point located at the
of the control duct centroid and
device; and ducts >6 and <=12
inches in diameter
may be sampled at 3
traverse points
located at 16.7,
50.0, and 83.3% of
the measurement line
(`3-point long
line'). If the duct
is >12 inches in
diameter and the
sampling port
location meets the
two and half-diameter
criterion of Section
11.1.1 of Method 1 of
40 CFR part 60,
appendix A, the duct
may be sampled at `3-
point long line';
otherwise, conduct
the stratification
testing and select
sampling points
according to Section
8.1.2 of Method 7E of
40 CFR part 60,
appendix A.
ii. Measure O2 at (1) Method 3 or (a) Measurements to
the inlet and 3A or 3B of 40 determine O2
outlet of the CFR part 60, concentration must be
control device; appendix A-2, or made at the same time
and ASTM Method as the measurements
D6522-00 for formaldehyde or
(Reapproved THC concentration.
2005) \a\
(heated probe
not necessary).
iii. Measure (1) Method 4 of (a) Measurements to
moisture content 40 CFR part 60, determine moisture
at the inlet and appendix A-3, or content must be made
outlet of the Method 320 of 40 at the same time and
control device; CFR part 63, location as the
and appendix A, or measurements for
ASTM D 6348-03 formaldehyde or THC
\a\. concentration.
[[Page 11292]]
iv. If (1) Method 320 or (a) Formaldehyde
demonstrating 323 of 40 CFR concentration must be
compliance with part 63, at 15 percent O2, dry
the formaldehyde appendix A; or basis. Results of
percent ASTM D6348-03 this test consist of
reduction \a\, provided in the average of the
requirement, ASTM D6348-03 three 1-hour or
measure formalde- Annex A5 longer runs.
hyde at the (Analyte Spiking
inlet and the Technique), the
outlet of the percent R must
control device. be greater than
or equal to 70
and less than or
equal to 130.
v. If (1) Method 25A, (a) THC concentration
demonstrating reported as must be at 15 percent
compliance with propane, of 40 O2, dry basis.
the THC percent CFR part 60, Results of this test
reduction appendix A-7. consist of the
requirement, average of the three
measure THC at 1-hour or longer
the inlet and runs.
the outlet of
the control
device.
3. Stationary RICE............. a. limit the i. Select the ................. (a) For formaldehyde,
concentra-tion sampling port CO, O2, and moisture
of formalde-hyde location and the measurement, ducts
or CO in the number/location <=6 inches in
stationary RICE of traverse diameter may be
exhaust. points at the sampled at a single
exhaust of the point located at the
stationary RICE; duct centroid and
and ducts >6 and <=12
inches in diameter
may be sampled at 3
traverse points
located at 16.7,
50.0, and 83.3% of
the measurement line
(`3-point long
line'). If the duct
is >12 inches in
diameter and the
sampling port
location meets the
two and half-diameter
criterion of Section
11.1.1 of Method 1 of
40 CFR part 60,
appendix A, the duct
may be sampled at `3-
point long line';
otherwise, conduct
the stratification
testing and select
sampling points
according to Section
8.1.2 of Method 7E of
40 CFR part 60,
appendix A. If using
a control device, the
sampling site must be
located at the outlet
of the control
device.
ii. Determine the (1) Method 3 or (a) Measurements to
O2 concentration 3A or 3B of 40 determine O2
of the CFR part 60, concentration must be
stationary RICE appendix A-2, or made at the same time
exhaust at the ASTM Method and location as the
sampling port D6522-00 measurements for
location; and (Reapproved formaldehyde or CO
2005) \a\ concentration.
(heated probe
not necessary).
iii. Measure (1) Method 4 of (a) Measurements to
moisture content 40 CFR part 60, determine moisture
of the station- appendix A-3, or content must be made
ary RICE exhaust Method 320 of 40 at the same time and
at the sampling CFR part 63, location as the
port location; appendix A, or measurements for
and ASTM D 6348-03 formaldehyde or CO
\a\. concentration.
iv. Measure (1) Method 320 or (a) Formaldehyde
formalde-hyde at 323 of 40 CFR concentration must be
the exhaust of part 63, at 15 percent O2, dry
the station-ary appendix A; or basis. Results of
RICE; or ASTM D6348-03 this test consist of
\a\, provided in the average of the
ASTM D6348-03 three 1-hour or
Annex A5 longer runs.
(Analyte Spiking
Technique), the
percent R must
be greater than
or equal to 70
and less than or
equal to 130.
[[Page 11293]]
v. measure CO at (1) Method 10 of (a) CO concentration
the exhaust of 40 CFR part 60, must be at 15 percent
the station-ary appendix A-4, O2, dry basis.
RICE. ASTM Method Results of this test
D6522-00 (2005) consist of the
a c, Method 320 average of the three
of 40 CFR part 1-hour or longer
63, appendix A, runs.
or ASTM D6348-03
\a\.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ You may also use Methods 3A and 10 as options to ASTM-D6522-00 (2005). You may obtain a copy of ASTM-D6522-
00 (2005) from at least one of the following addresses: American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr
Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, or University Microfilms International, 300 North Zeeb Road,
Ann Arbor, MI 48106.
\b\ You may obtain a copy of ASTM-D6348-03 from at least one of the following addresses: American Society for
Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959, or University Microfilms
International, 300 North Zeeb Road, Ann Arbor, MI 48106.
0
54. Amend appendix A to part 63 to read as follows:
0
a. By revising Method 306, sections 2.2.1 and 6.1.4, and the Note to
section 8.0.
0
b. By revising Method 306A, section 8.2.
0
c. By revising Method 308, section 10.1.3.
0
d. By amending Method 315 as follows:
0
i. By revising section 6.1.1.
0
ii. By redesignating section 8.11 as section 8.1.
0
iii. By revising newly designated section 8.1.
0
iv. By revising section 10.5.
0
e. By revising Method 316, section 10.5.
0
f. By revising Method 321, the definition for the term ``Df'' in
section 9.3.1.
Appendix A to Part 63--Test Methods Pollutant Measurement Methods From
Various Waste Media
* * * * *
Method 306--Determination of Chromium Emissions From Decorative and
Hard Chromium Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing Operations--
Isokinetic Method
* * * * *
2.2.1 Total chromium samples with high chromium concentrations
(>=35 [mu]g/L) may be analyzed using inductively coupled plasma
emission spectrometry (ICP) at 267.72 nm. Note: The ICP analysis is
applicable for this method only when the solution analyzed has a Cr
concentration greater than or equal to 35 [mu]g/L or five times the
method detection limit as determined according to appendix B in 40
CFR part 136. Similarly, inductively coupled plasma-mass
spectroscopy (ICP-MS) may be used for total chromium analysis
provided the procedures for ICP-MS analysis described in Method 6020
or 6020A (EPA Office of Solid Waste, publication SW-846) are
followed.
* * * * *
6.1.4 Operating and maintenance procedures for the sampling
train are described in APTD-0576 of Method 5. Users should read the
APTD-0576 document and adopt the outlined procedures. Alternative
mercury-free thermometers may be used if the thermometers are, at a
minimum, equivalent in terms of performance or suitably effective
for the specific temperature measurement application.
* * * * *
8.0 Sample Collection, Preservation, Holding Times, Storage, and
Transport
Note: Prior to sample collection, consideration should be given
to the type of analysis (Cr\+6\ or total Cr) that will be performed.
Which analysis option(s) will be performed will determine which
sample recovery and storage procedures will be required to process
the sample.
* * * * *
Method 306A--Determination of Chromium Emissions From Decorative and
Hard Chromium Electroplating and Chromium Anodizing Operations
* * * * *
8.2 Sample Recovery. After the train has been transferred to the
sample recovery area, disconnect the tubing that connects the jar/
impingers. The tester shall select either the total Cr or Cr\+6\
sample recovery option. Samples to be analyzed for both total Cr and
Cr\+6\ shall be recovered using the Cr\+6\ sample option (Section
8.2.2). Note: Collect a reagent blank sample for each of the total
Cr or the Cr\+6\ analytical options. If both analyses (Cr and
Cr\+6\) are to be conducted on the samples, collect separate reagent
blanks for each analysis. Also, since particulate matter is not
usually present at chromium electroplating and/or chromium anodizing
operations, it is not necessary to filter the Cr\+6\ samples unless
there is observed sediment in the collected solutions. If it is
necessary to filter the Cr\+6\ solutions, please refer to Method
0061, Determination of Hexavalent Chromium Emissions from Stationary
Sources, Section 7.4, Sample Preparation in SW-846 (see Reference
1).
* * * * *
Method 308--Procedure for Determination of Methanol Emission From
Stationary Sources
* * * * *
10.1.3 Temperature Sensors. Calibrate against mercury-in-glass
thermometers. An alternative mercury-free thermometer may be used if
the thermometer is, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance
or suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement
application.
* * * * *
Method 315--Determination of Particulate and Methylene Chloride
Extractable Matter (MCEM) From Selected Sources at Primary Aluminum
Production Facilities
* * * * *
6.1.1 Sampling train. A schematic of the sampling train used in
this method is shown in Figure 5-1, Method 5, 40 CFR part 60,
appendix A-3. Complete construction details are given in APTD-0581
(Reference 2 in section 17.0 of this method); commercial models of
this train are also available. For changes from APTD-0581 and for
allowable modifications of the train shown in Figure 5-1, Method 5,
40 CFR part 60, appendix A-3, see the following subsections. Note:
The operating and maintenance procedures for the sampling train are
described in APTD-0576 (Reference 3 in section 17.0 of this method).
Since correct usage is important in obtaining valid results, all
users should read APTD-0576 and adopt the operating and maintenance
procedures outlined in it, unless otherwise specified herein.
Alternative mercury-free thermometers may be used if the
thermometers are, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance
or suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement
application. The use of grease for sealing sampling train components
is not recommended because many greases are soluble in methylene
chloride. The sampling train consists of the following components:
* * * * *
8.1 Pretest preparation. It is suggested that sampling equipment
be maintained according to the procedures described in APTD-0576.
Alternative mercury-free thermometers may be used if the
thermometers are at a minimum equivalent in terms of performance or
suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement
application.
* * * * *
[[Page 11294]]
10.5 Temperature sensors. Use the procedure in Section 10.3 of
Method 2, 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-1 to calibrate in-stack
temperature sensors. Dial thermometers, such as are used for the DGM
and condenser outlet, shall be calibrated against mercury-in-glass
thermometers. An alternative mercury-free thermometer may be used if
the thermometer is, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance
or suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement
application.
* * * * *
Method 316--Sampling and Analysis for Formaldehyde Emissions From
Stationary Sources in the Mineral Wool and Wool Fiberglass Industries
* * * * *
10.5 Temperature gauges: Use the procedure in Section 4.3 of EPA
Method 2 to calibrate in-stack temperature gauges. Dial
thermometers, such as are used for the dry gas meter and condenser
outlet, shall be calibrated against mercury-in-glass thermometers.
An alternative mercury-free thermometer may be used if the
thermometer is, at a minimum, equivalent in terms of performance or
suitably effective for the specific temperature measurement
application.
* * * * *
Test Method 321--Measurement of Gaseous Hydrogen Chloride Emissions at
Portland Cement Kilns by Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy
* * * * *
9.3.1 * * *
DF = Dilution Factor (Total flow/Spike flow). Total flow = spike
flow plus effluent flow.
* * * * *
[FR Doc. 2014-02704 Filed 2-26-14; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P